Merge "Remove support for $wgWellFormedXml=false"
[lhc/web/wiklou.git] / includes / DefaultSettings.php
1 <?php
2 /**
3 * Default values for MediaWiki configuration settings.
4 *
5 *
6 * NEVER EDIT THIS FILE
7 *
8 *
9 * To customize your installation, edit "LocalSettings.php". If you make
10 * changes here, they will be lost on next upgrade of MediaWiki!
11 *
12 * In this file, variables whose default values depend on other
13 * variables are set to false. The actual default value of these variables
14 * will only be set in Setup.php, taking into account any custom settings
15 * performed in LocalSettings.php.
16 *
17 * Documentation is in the source and on:
18 * https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Configuration_settings
19 *
20 * @warning Note: this (and other things) will break if the autoloader is not
21 * enabled. Please include includes/AutoLoader.php before including this file.
22 *
23 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
24 * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
25 * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
26 * (at your option) any later version.
27 *
28 * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
29 * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
30 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
31 * GNU General Public License for more details.
32 *
33 * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
34 * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
35 * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
36 * http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html
37 *
38 * @file
39 */
40
41 /**
42 * @defgroup Globalsettings Global settings
43 */
44
45 /**
46 * @cond file_level_code
47 * This is not a valid entry point, perform no further processing unless
48 * MEDIAWIKI is defined
49 */
50 if ( !defined( 'MEDIAWIKI' ) ) {
51 echo "This file is part of MediaWiki and is not a valid entry point\n";
52 die( 1 );
53 }
54
55 /** @endcond */
56
57 /**
58 * wgConf hold the site configuration.
59 * Not used for much in a default install.
60 * @since 1.5
61 */
62 $wgConf = new SiteConfiguration;
63
64 /**
65 * Registry of factory functions to create config objects:
66 * The 'main' key must be set, and the value should be a valid
67 * callable.
68 * @since 1.23
69 */
70 $wgConfigRegistry = [
71 'main' => 'GlobalVarConfig::newInstance'
72 ];
73
74 /**
75 * MediaWiki version number
76 * @since 1.2
77 */
78 $wgVersion = '1.28.0-alpha';
79
80 /**
81 * Name of the site. It must be changed in LocalSettings.php
82 */
83 $wgSitename = 'MediaWiki';
84
85 /**
86 * When the wiki is running behind a proxy and this is set to true, assumes that the proxy exposes
87 * the wiki on the standard ports (443 for https and 80 for http).
88 * @var bool
89 * @since 1.26
90 */
91 $wgAssumeProxiesUseDefaultProtocolPorts = true;
92
93 /**
94 * URL of the server.
95 *
96 * @par Example:
97 * @code
98 * $wgServer = 'http://example.com';
99 * @endcode
100 *
101 * This is usually detected correctly by MediaWiki. If MediaWiki detects the
102 * wrong server, it will redirect incorrectly after you save a page. In that
103 * case, set this variable to fix it.
104 *
105 * If you want to use protocol-relative URLs on your wiki, set this to a
106 * protocol-relative URL like '//example.com' and set $wgCanonicalServer
107 * to a fully qualified URL.
108 */
109 $wgServer = WebRequest::detectServer();
110
111 /**
112 * Canonical URL of the server, to use in IRC feeds and notification e-mails.
113 * Must be fully qualified, even if $wgServer is protocol-relative.
114 *
115 * Defaults to $wgServer, expanded to a fully qualified http:// URL if needed.
116 * @since 1.18
117 */
118 $wgCanonicalServer = false;
119
120 /**
121 * Server name. This is automatically computed by parsing the bare
122 * hostname out of $wgCanonicalServer. It should not be customized.
123 * @since 1.24
124 */
125 $wgServerName = false;
126
127 /************************************************************************//**
128 * @name Script path settings
129 * @{
130 */
131
132 /**
133 * The path we should point to.
134 * It might be a virtual path in case with use apache mod_rewrite for example.
135 *
136 * This *needs* to be set correctly.
137 *
138 * Other paths will be set to defaults based on it unless they are directly
139 * set in LocalSettings.php
140 */
141 $wgScriptPath = '/wiki';
142
143 /**
144 * Whether to support URLs like index.php/Page_title These often break when PHP
145 * is set up in CGI mode. PATH_INFO *may* be correct if cgi.fix_pathinfo is set,
146 * but then again it may not; lighttpd converts incoming path data to lowercase
147 * on systems with case-insensitive filesystems, and there have been reports of
148 * problems on Apache as well.
149 *
150 * To be safe we'll continue to keep it off by default.
151 *
152 * Override this to false if $_SERVER['PATH_INFO'] contains unexpectedly
153 * incorrect garbage, or to true if it is really correct.
154 *
155 * The default $wgArticlePath will be set based on this value at runtime, but if
156 * you have customized it, having this incorrectly set to true can cause
157 * redirect loops when "pretty URLs" are used.
158 * @since 1.2.1
159 */
160 $wgUsePathInfo = ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'cgi' ) === false ) &&
161 ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'apache2filter' ) === false ) &&
162 ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'isapi' ) === false );
163
164 /**
165 * The extension to append to script names by default.
166 *
167 * Some hosting providers used PHP 4 for *.php files, and PHP 5 for *.php5.
168 * This variable was provided to support those providers.
169 *
170 * @since 1.11
171 * @deprecated since 1.25; support for '.php5' has been phased out of MediaWiki
172 * proper. Backward-compatibility can be maintained by configuring your web
173 * server to rewrite URLs. See RELEASE-NOTES for details.
174 */
175 $wgScriptExtension = '.php';
176
177 /**@}*/
178
179 /************************************************************************//**
180 * @name URLs and file paths
181 *
182 * These various web and file path variables are set to their defaults
183 * in Setup.php if they are not explicitly set from LocalSettings.php.
184 *
185 * These will relatively rarely need to be set manually, unless you are
186 * splitting style sheets or images outside the main document root.
187 *
188 * In this section, a "path" is usually a host-relative URL, i.e. a URL without
189 * the host part, that starts with a slash. In most cases a full URL is also
190 * acceptable. A "directory" is a local file path.
191 *
192 * In both paths and directories, trailing slashes should not be included.
193 *
194 * @{
195 */
196
197 /**
198 * The URL path to index.php.
199 *
200 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/index.php".
201 */
202 $wgScript = false;
203
204 /**
205 * The URL path to load.php.
206 *
207 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/load.php".
208 * @since 1.17
209 */
210 $wgLoadScript = false;
211
212 /**
213 * The URL path of the skins directory.
214 * Defaults to "{$wgResourceBasePath}/skins".
215 * @since 1.3
216 */
217 $wgStylePath = false;
218 $wgStyleSheetPath = &$wgStylePath;
219
220 /**
221 * The URL path of the skins directory. Should not point to an external domain.
222 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/skins".
223 * @since 1.17
224 */
225 $wgLocalStylePath = false;
226
227 /**
228 * The URL path of the extensions directory.
229 * Defaults to "{$wgResourceBasePath}/extensions".
230 * @since 1.16
231 */
232 $wgExtensionAssetsPath = false;
233
234 /**
235 * Filesystem extensions directory.
236 * Defaults to "{$IP}/extensions".
237 * @since 1.25
238 */
239 $wgExtensionDirectory = "{$IP}/extensions";
240
241 /**
242 * Filesystem stylesheets directory.
243 * Defaults to "{$IP}/skins".
244 * @since 1.3
245 */
246 $wgStyleDirectory = "{$IP}/skins";
247
248 /**
249 * The URL path for primary article page views. This path should contain $1,
250 * which is replaced by the article title.
251 *
252 * Defaults to "{$wgScript}/$1" or "{$wgScript}?title=$1",
253 * depending on $wgUsePathInfo.
254 */
255 $wgArticlePath = false;
256
257 /**
258 * The URL path for the images directory.
259 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/images".
260 */
261 $wgUploadPath = false;
262
263 /**
264 * The filesystem path of the images directory. Defaults to "{$IP}/images".
265 */
266 $wgUploadDirectory = false;
267
268 /**
269 * Directory where the cached page will be saved.
270 * Defaults to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/cache".
271 */
272 $wgFileCacheDirectory = false;
273
274 /**
275 * The URL path of the wiki logo. The logo size should be 135x135 pixels.
276 * Defaults to "$wgResourceBasePath/resources/assets/wiki.png".
277 */
278 $wgLogo = false;
279
280 /**
281 * Array with URL paths to HD versions of the wiki logo. The scaled logo size
282 * should be under 135x155 pixels.
283 * Only 1.5x and 2x versions are supported.
284 *
285 * @par Example:
286 * @code
287 * $wgLogoHD = array(
288 * "1.5x" => "path/to/1.5x_version.png",
289 * "2x" => "path/to/2x_version.png"
290 * );
291 * @endcode
292 *
293 * @since 1.25
294 */
295 $wgLogoHD = false;
296
297 /**
298 * The URL path of the shortcut icon.
299 * @since 1.6
300 */
301 $wgFavicon = '/favicon.ico';
302
303 /**
304 * The URL path of the icon for iPhone and iPod Touch web app bookmarks.
305 * Defaults to no icon.
306 * @since 1.12
307 */
308 $wgAppleTouchIcon = false;
309
310 /**
311 * Value for the referrer policy meta tag.
312 * One of 'never', 'default', 'origin', 'always'. Setting it to false just
313 * prevents the meta tag from being output.
314 * See http://www.w3.org/TR/referrer-policy/ for details.
315 *
316 * @since 1.25
317 */
318 $wgReferrerPolicy = false;
319
320 /**
321 * The local filesystem path to a temporary directory. This is not required to
322 * be web accessible.
323 *
324 * When this setting is set to false, its value will be set through a call
325 * to wfTempDir(). See that methods implementation for the actual detection
326 * logic.
327 *
328 * Developers should use the global function wfTempDir() instead of this
329 * variable.
330 *
331 * @see wfTempDir()
332 * @note Default changed to false in MediaWiki 1.20.
333 */
334 $wgTmpDirectory = false;
335
336 /**
337 * If set, this URL is added to the start of $wgUploadPath to form a complete
338 * upload URL.
339 * @since 1.4
340 */
341 $wgUploadBaseUrl = '';
342
343 /**
344 * To enable remote on-demand scaling, set this to the thumbnail base URL.
345 * Full thumbnail URL will be like $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl/e/e6/Foo.jpg/123px-Foo.jpg
346 * where 'e6' are the first two characters of the MD5 hash of the file name.
347 * If $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl is set to false, thumbs are rendered locally as needed.
348 * @since 1.17
349 */
350 $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl = false;
351
352 /**
353 * To set 'pretty' URL paths for actions other than
354 * plain page views, add to this array.
355 *
356 * @par Example:
357 * Set pretty URL for the edit action:
358 * @code
359 * 'edit' => "$wgScriptPath/edit/$1"
360 * @endcode
361 *
362 * There must be an appropriate script or rewrite rule in place to handle these
363 * URLs.
364 * @since 1.5
365 */
366 $wgActionPaths = [];
367
368 /**@}*/
369
370 /************************************************************************//**
371 * @name Files and file uploads
372 * @{
373 */
374
375 /**
376 * Uploads have to be specially set up to be secure
377 */
378 $wgEnableUploads = false;
379
380 /**
381 * The maximum age of temporary (incomplete) uploaded files
382 */
383 $wgUploadStashMaxAge = 6 * 3600; // 6 hours
384
385 /**
386 * Allows to move images and other media files
387 */
388 $wgAllowImageMoving = true;
389
390 /**
391 * Enable deferred upload tasks that use the job queue.
392 * Only enable this if job runners are set up for both the
393 * 'AssembleUploadChunks' and 'PublishStashedFile' job types.
394 *
395 * @note If you use suhosin, this setting is incompatible with
396 * suhosin.session.encrypt.
397 */
398 $wgEnableAsyncUploads = false;
399
400 /**
401 * These are additional characters that should be replaced with '-' in filenames
402 */
403 $wgIllegalFileChars = ":";
404
405 /**
406 * What directory to place deleted uploads in.
407 * Defaults to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/deleted".
408 */
409 $wgDeletedDirectory = false;
410
411 /**
412 * Set this to true if you use img_auth and want the user to see details on why access failed.
413 */
414 $wgImgAuthDetails = false;
415
416 /**
417 * Map of relative URL directories to match to internal mwstore:// base storage paths.
418 * For img_auth.php requests, everything after "img_auth.php/" is checked to see
419 * if starts with any of the prefixes defined here. The prefixes should not overlap.
420 * The prefix that matches has a corresponding storage path, which the rest of the URL
421 * is assumed to be relative to. The file at that path (or a 404) is send to the client.
422 *
423 * Example:
424 * $wgImgAuthUrlPathMap['/timeline/'] = 'mwstore://local-fs/timeline-render/';
425 * The above maps ".../img_auth.php/timeline/X" to "mwstore://local-fs/timeline-render/".
426 * The name "local-fs" should correspond by name to an entry in $wgFileBackends.
427 *
428 * @see $wgFileBackends
429 */
430 $wgImgAuthUrlPathMap = [];
431
432 /**
433 * File repository structures
434 *
435 * $wgLocalFileRepo is a single repository structure, and $wgForeignFileRepos is
436 * an array of such structures. Each repository structure is an associative
437 * array of properties configuring the repository.
438 *
439 * Properties required for all repos:
440 * - class The class name for the repository. May come from the core or an extension.
441 * The core repository classes are FileRepo, LocalRepo, ForeignDBRepo.
442 * FSRepo is also supported for backwards compatibility.
443 *
444 * - name A unique name for the repository (but $wgLocalFileRepo should be 'local').
445 * The name should consist of alpha-numeric characters.
446 * - backend A file backend name (see $wgFileBackends).
447 *
448 * For most core repos:
449 * - zones Associative array of zone names that each map to an array with:
450 * container : backend container name the zone is in
451 * directory : root path within container for the zone
452 * url : base URL to the root of the zone
453 * urlsByExt : map of file extension types to base URLs
454 * (useful for using a different cache for videos)
455 * Zones default to using "<repo name>-<zone name>" as the container name
456 * and default to using the container root as the zone's root directory.
457 * Nesting of zone locations within other zones should be avoided.
458 * - url Public zone URL. The 'zones' settings take precedence.
459 * - hashLevels The number of directory levels for hash-based division of files
460 * - thumbScriptUrl The URL for thumb.php (optional, not recommended)
461 * - transformVia404 Whether to skip media file transformation on parse and rely on a 404
462 * handler instead.
463 * - initialCapital Equivalent to $wgCapitalLinks (or $wgCapitalLinkOverrides[NS_FILE],
464 * determines whether filenames implicitly start with a capital letter.
465 * The current implementation may give incorrect description page links
466 * when the local $wgCapitalLinks and initialCapital are mismatched.
467 * - pathDisclosureProtection
468 * May be 'paranoid' to remove all parameters from error messages, 'none' to
469 * leave the paths in unchanged, or 'simple' to replace paths with
470 * placeholders. Default for LocalRepo is 'simple'.
471 * - fileMode This allows wikis to set the file mode when uploading/moving files. Default
472 * is 0644.
473 * - directory The local filesystem directory where public files are stored. Not used for
474 * some remote repos.
475 * - thumbDir The base thumbnail directory. Defaults to "<directory>/thumb".
476 * - thumbUrl The base thumbnail URL. Defaults to "<url>/thumb".
477 * - isPrivate Set this if measures should always be taken to keep the files private.
478 * One should not trust this to assure that the files are not web readable;
479 * the server configuration should be done manually depending on the backend.
480 *
481 * These settings describe a foreign MediaWiki installation. They are optional, and will be ignored
482 * for local repositories:
483 * - descBaseUrl URL of image description pages, e.g. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/File:
484 * - scriptDirUrl URL of the MediaWiki installation, equivalent to $wgScriptPath, e.g.
485 * https://en.wikipedia.org/w
486 * - scriptExtension Script extension of the MediaWiki installation, equivalent to
487 * $wgScriptExtension, e.g. ".php5". Defaults to ".php".
488 *
489 * - articleUrl Equivalent to $wgArticlePath, e.g. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/$1
490 * - fetchDescription Fetch the text of the remote file description page. Equivalent to
491 * $wgFetchCommonsDescriptions.
492 * - abbrvThreshold File names over this size will use the short form of thumbnail names.
493 * Short thumbnail names only have the width, parameters, and the extension.
494 *
495 * ForeignDBRepo:
496 * - dbType, dbServer, dbUser, dbPassword, dbName, dbFlags
497 * equivalent to the corresponding member of $wgDBservers
498 * - tablePrefix Table prefix, the foreign wiki's $wgDBprefix
499 * - hasSharedCache True if the wiki's shared cache is accessible via the local $wgMemc
500 *
501 * ForeignAPIRepo:
502 * - apibase Use for the foreign API's URL
503 * - apiThumbCacheExpiry How long to locally cache thumbs for
504 *
505 * If you leave $wgLocalFileRepo set to false, Setup will fill in appropriate values.
506 * Otherwise, set $wgLocalFileRepo to a repository structure as described above.
507 * If you set $wgUseInstantCommons to true, it will add an entry for Commons.
508 * If you set $wgForeignFileRepos to an array of repository structures, those will
509 * be searched after the local file repo.
510 * Otherwise, you will only have access to local media files.
511 *
512 * @see Setup.php for an example usage and default initialization.
513 */
514 $wgLocalFileRepo = false;
515
516 /**
517 * @see $wgLocalFileRepo
518 */
519 $wgForeignFileRepos = [];
520
521 /**
522 * Use Commons as a remote file repository. Essentially a wrapper, when this
523 * is enabled $wgForeignFileRepos will point at Commons with a set of default
524 * settings
525 */
526 $wgUseInstantCommons = false;
527
528 /**
529 * Array of foreign file repo names (set in $wgForeignFileRepos above) that
530 * are allowable upload targets. These wikis must have some method of
531 * authentication (i.e. CentralAuth), and be CORS-enabled for this wiki.
532 *
533 * Example:
534 * $wgForeignUploadTargets = array( 'shared' );
535 */
536 $wgForeignUploadTargets = [];
537
538 /**
539 * File backend structure configuration.
540 *
541 * This is an array of file backend configuration arrays.
542 * Each backend configuration has the following parameters:
543 * - 'name' : A unique name for the backend
544 * - 'class' : The file backend class to use
545 * - 'wikiId' : A unique string that identifies the wiki (container prefix)
546 * - 'lockManager' : The name of a lock manager (see $wgLockManagers)
547 *
548 * See FileBackend::__construct() for more details.
549 * Additional parameters are specific to the file backend class used.
550 * These settings should be global to all wikis when possible.
551 *
552 * There are two particularly important aspects about each backend:
553 * - a) Whether it is fully qualified or wiki-relative.
554 * By default, the paths of files are relative to the current wiki,
555 * which works via prefixing them with the current wiki ID when accessed.
556 * Setting 'wikiId' forces the backend to be fully qualified by prefixing
557 * all paths with the specified value instead. This can be useful if
558 * multiple wikis need to share the same data. Note that 'name' is *not*
559 * part of any prefix and thus should not be relied upon for namespacing.
560 * - b) Whether it is only defined for some wikis or is defined on all
561 * wikis in the wiki farm. Defining a backend globally is useful
562 * if multiple wikis need to share the same data.
563 * One should be aware of these aspects when configuring a backend for use with
564 * any basic feature or plugin. For example, suppose an extension stores data for
565 * different wikis in different directories and sometimes needs to access data from
566 * a foreign wiki's directory in order to render a page on given wiki. The extension
567 * would need a fully qualified backend that is defined on all wikis in the wiki farm.
568 */
569 $wgFileBackends = [];
570
571 /**
572 * Array of configuration arrays for each lock manager.
573 * Each backend configuration has the following parameters:
574 * - 'name' : A unique name for the lock manager
575 * - 'class' : The lock manger class to use
576 *
577 * See LockManager::__construct() for more details.
578 * Additional parameters are specific to the lock manager class used.
579 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
580 */
581 $wgLockManagers = [];
582
583 /**
584 * Show Exif data, on by default if available.
585 * Requires PHP's Exif extension: http://www.php.net/manual/en/ref.exif.php
586 *
587 * @note FOR WINDOWS USERS:
588 * To enable Exif functions, add the following line to the "Windows
589 * extensions" section of php.ini:
590 * @code{.ini}
591 * extension=extensions/php_exif.dll
592 * @endcode
593 */
594 $wgShowEXIF = function_exists( 'exif_read_data' );
595
596 /**
597 * If to automatically update the img_metadata field
598 * if the metadata field is outdated but compatible with the current version.
599 * Defaults to false.
600 */
601 $wgUpdateCompatibleMetadata = false;
602
603 /**
604 * If you operate multiple wikis, you can define a shared upload path here.
605 * Uploads to this wiki will NOT be put there - they will be put into
606 * $wgUploadDirectory.
607 * If $wgUseSharedUploads is set, the wiki will look in the shared repository if
608 * no file of the given name is found in the local repository (for [[File:..]],
609 * [[Media:..]] links). Thumbnails will also be looked for and generated in this
610 * directory.
611 *
612 * Note that these configuration settings can now be defined on a per-
613 * repository basis for an arbitrary number of file repositories, using the
614 * $wgForeignFileRepos variable.
615 */
616 $wgUseSharedUploads = false;
617
618 /**
619 * Full path on the web server where shared uploads can be found
620 */
621 $wgSharedUploadPath = "http://commons.wikimedia.org/shared/images";
622
623 /**
624 * Fetch commons image description pages and display them on the local wiki?
625 */
626 $wgFetchCommonsDescriptions = false;
627
628 /**
629 * Path on the file system where shared uploads can be found.
630 */
631 $wgSharedUploadDirectory = "/var/www/wiki3/images";
632
633 /**
634 * DB name with metadata about shared directory.
635 * Set this to false if the uploads do not come from a wiki.
636 */
637 $wgSharedUploadDBname = false;
638
639 /**
640 * Optional table prefix used in database.
641 */
642 $wgSharedUploadDBprefix = '';
643
644 /**
645 * Cache shared metadata in memcached.
646 * Don't do this if the commons wiki is in a different memcached domain
647 */
648 $wgCacheSharedUploads = true;
649
650 /**
651 * Allow for upload to be copied from an URL.
652 * The timeout for copy uploads is set by $wgCopyUploadTimeout.
653 * You have to assign the user right 'upload_by_url' to a user group, to use this.
654 */
655 $wgAllowCopyUploads = false;
656
657 /**
658 * A list of domains copy uploads can come from
659 *
660 * @since 1.20
661 */
662 $wgCopyUploadsDomains = [];
663
664 /**
665 * Enable copy uploads from Special:Upload. $wgAllowCopyUploads must also be
666 * true. If $wgAllowCopyUploads is true, but this is false, you will only be
667 * able to perform copy uploads from the API or extensions (e.g. UploadWizard).
668 */
669 $wgCopyUploadsFromSpecialUpload = false;
670
671 /**
672 * Proxy to use for copy upload requests.
673 * @since 1.20
674 */
675 $wgCopyUploadProxy = false;
676
677 /**
678 * Different timeout for upload by url
679 * This could be useful since when fetching large files, you may want a
680 * timeout longer than the default $wgHTTPTimeout. False means fallback
681 * to default.
682 *
683 * @since 1.22
684 */
685 $wgCopyUploadTimeout = false;
686
687 /**
688 * Max size for uploads, in bytes. If not set to an array, applies to all
689 * uploads. If set to an array, per upload type maximums can be set, using the
690 * file and url keys. If the * key is set this value will be used as maximum
691 * for non-specified types.
692 *
693 * @par Example:
694 * @code
695 * $wgMaxUploadSize = array(
696 * '*' => 250 * 1024,
697 * 'url' => 500 * 1024,
698 * );
699 * @endcode
700 * Sets the maximum for all uploads to 250 kB except for upload-by-url, which
701 * will have a maximum of 500 kB.
702 */
703 $wgMaxUploadSize = 1024 * 1024 * 100; # 100MB
704
705 /**
706 * Minimum upload chunk size, in bytes. When using chunked upload, non-final
707 * chunks smaller than this will be rejected. May be reduced based on the
708 * 'upload_max_filesize' or 'post_max_size' PHP settings.
709 * @since 1.26
710 */
711 $wgMinUploadChunkSize = 1024; # 1KB
712
713 /**
714 * Point the upload navigation link to an external URL
715 * Useful if you want to use a shared repository by default
716 * without disabling local uploads (use $wgEnableUploads = false for that).
717 *
718 * @par Example:
719 * @code
720 * $wgUploadNavigationUrl = 'https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Special:Upload';
721 * @endcode
722 */
723 $wgUploadNavigationUrl = false;
724
725 /**
726 * Point the upload link for missing files to an external URL, as with
727 * $wgUploadNavigationUrl. The URL will get "(?|&)wpDestFile=<filename>"
728 * appended to it as appropriate.
729 */
730 $wgUploadMissingFileUrl = false;
731
732 /**
733 * Give a path here to use thumb.php for thumbnail generation on client
734 * request, instead of generating them on render and outputting a static URL.
735 * This is necessary if some of your apache servers don't have read/write
736 * access to the thumbnail path.
737 *
738 * @par Example:
739 * @code
740 * $wgThumbnailScriptPath = "{$wgScriptPath}/thumb.php";
741 * @endcode
742 */
743 $wgThumbnailScriptPath = false;
744
745 /**
746 * @see $wgThumbnailScriptPath
747 */
748 $wgSharedThumbnailScriptPath = false;
749
750 /**
751 * Set this to false if you do not want MediaWiki to divide your images
752 * directory into many subdirectories, for improved performance.
753 *
754 * It's almost always good to leave this enabled. In previous versions of
755 * MediaWiki, some users set this to false to allow images to be added to the
756 * wiki by simply copying them into $wgUploadDirectory and then running
757 * maintenance/rebuildImages.php to register them in the database. This is no
758 * longer recommended, use maintenance/importImages.php instead.
759 *
760 * @note That this variable may be ignored if $wgLocalFileRepo is set.
761 * @todo Deprecate the setting and ultimately remove it from Core.
762 */
763 $wgHashedUploadDirectory = true;
764
765 /**
766 * Set the following to false especially if you have a set of files that need to
767 * be accessible by all wikis, and you do not want to use the hash (path/a/aa/)
768 * directory layout.
769 */
770 $wgHashedSharedUploadDirectory = true;
771
772 /**
773 * Base URL for a repository wiki. Leave this blank if uploads are just stored
774 * in a shared directory and not meant to be accessible through a separate wiki.
775 * Otherwise the image description pages on the local wiki will link to the
776 * image description page on this wiki.
777 *
778 * Please specify the namespace, as in the example below.
779 */
780 $wgRepositoryBaseUrl = "https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:";
781
782 /**
783 * This is the list of preferred extensions for uploading files. Uploading files
784 * with extensions not in this list will trigger a warning.
785 *
786 * @warning If you add any OpenOffice or Microsoft Office file formats here,
787 * such as odt or doc, and untrusted users are allowed to upload files, then
788 * your wiki will be vulnerable to cross-site request forgery (CSRF).
789 */
790 $wgFileExtensions = [ 'png', 'gif', 'jpg', 'jpeg', 'webp' ];
791
792 /**
793 * Files with these extensions will never be allowed as uploads.
794 * An array of file extensions to blacklist. You should append to this array
795 * if you want to blacklist additional files.
796 */
797 $wgFileBlacklist = [
798 # HTML may contain cookie-stealing JavaScript and web bugs
799 'html', 'htm', 'js', 'jsb', 'mhtml', 'mht', 'xhtml', 'xht',
800 # PHP scripts may execute arbitrary code on the server
801 'php', 'phtml', 'php3', 'php4', 'php5', 'phps',
802 # Other types that may be interpreted by some servers
803 'shtml', 'jhtml', 'pl', 'py', 'cgi',
804 # May contain harmful executables for Windows victims
805 'exe', 'scr', 'dll', 'msi', 'vbs', 'bat', 'com', 'pif', 'cmd', 'vxd', 'cpl' ];
806
807 /**
808 * Files with these MIME types will never be allowed as uploads
809 * if $wgVerifyMimeType is enabled.
810 */
811 $wgMimeTypeBlacklist = [
812 # HTML may contain cookie-stealing JavaScript and web bugs
813 'text/html', 'text/javascript', 'text/x-javascript', 'application/x-shellscript',
814 # PHP scripts may execute arbitrary code on the server
815 'application/x-php', 'text/x-php',
816 # Other types that may be interpreted by some servers
817 'text/x-python', 'text/x-perl', 'text/x-bash', 'text/x-sh', 'text/x-csh',
818 # Client-side hazards on Internet Explorer
819 'text/scriptlet', 'application/x-msdownload',
820 # Windows metafile, client-side vulnerability on some systems
821 'application/x-msmetafile',
822 ];
823
824 /**
825 * Allow Java archive uploads.
826 * This is not recommended for public wikis since a maliciously-constructed
827 * applet running on the same domain as the wiki can steal the user's cookies.
828 */
829 $wgAllowJavaUploads = false;
830
831 /**
832 * This is a flag to determine whether or not to check file extensions on upload.
833 *
834 * @warning Setting this to false is insecure for public wikis.
835 */
836 $wgCheckFileExtensions = true;
837
838 /**
839 * If this is turned off, users may override the warning for files not covered
840 * by $wgFileExtensions.
841 *
842 * @warning Setting this to false is insecure for public wikis.
843 */
844 $wgStrictFileExtensions = true;
845
846 /**
847 * Setting this to true will disable the upload system's checks for HTML/JavaScript.
848 *
849 * @warning THIS IS VERY DANGEROUS on a publicly editable site, so USE
850 * $wgGroupPermissions TO RESTRICT UPLOADING to only those that you trust
851 */
852 $wgDisableUploadScriptChecks = false;
853
854 /**
855 * Warn if uploaded files are larger than this (in bytes), or false to disable
856 */
857 $wgUploadSizeWarning = false;
858
859 /**
860 * list of trusted media-types and MIME types.
861 * Use the MEDIATYPE_xxx constants to represent media types.
862 * This list is used by File::isSafeFile
863 *
864 * Types not listed here will have a warning about unsafe content
865 * displayed on the images description page. It would also be possible
866 * to use this for further restrictions, like disabling direct
867 * [[media:...]] links for non-trusted formats.
868 */
869 $wgTrustedMediaFormats = [
870 MEDIATYPE_BITMAP, // all bitmap formats
871 MEDIATYPE_AUDIO, // all audio formats
872 MEDIATYPE_VIDEO, // all plain video formats
873 "image/svg+xml", // svg (only needed if inline rendering of svg is not supported)
874 "application/pdf", // PDF files
875 # "application/x-shockwave-flash", //flash/shockwave movie
876 ];
877
878 /**
879 * Plugins for media file type handling.
880 * Each entry in the array maps a MIME type to a class name
881 */
882 $wgMediaHandlers = [
883 'image/jpeg' => 'JpegHandler',
884 'image/png' => 'PNGHandler',
885 'image/gif' => 'GIFHandler',
886 'image/tiff' => 'TiffHandler',
887 'image/webp' => 'WebPHandler',
888 'image/x-ms-bmp' => 'BmpHandler',
889 'image/x-bmp' => 'BmpHandler',
890 'image/x-xcf' => 'XCFHandler',
891 'image/svg+xml' => 'SvgHandler', // official
892 'image/svg' => 'SvgHandler', // compat
893 'image/vnd.djvu' => 'DjVuHandler', // official
894 'image/x.djvu' => 'DjVuHandler', // compat
895 'image/x-djvu' => 'DjVuHandler', // compat
896 ];
897
898 /**
899 * Plugins for page content model handling.
900 * Each entry in the array maps a model id to a class name or callback
901 * that creates an instance of the appropriate ContentHandler subclass.
902 *
903 * @since 1.21
904 */
905 $wgContentHandlers = [
906 // the usual case
907 CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT => 'WikitextContentHandler',
908 // dumb version, no syntax highlighting
909 CONTENT_MODEL_JAVASCRIPT => 'JavaScriptContentHandler',
910 // simple implementation, for use by extensions, etc.
911 CONTENT_MODEL_JSON => 'JsonContentHandler',
912 // dumb version, no syntax highlighting
913 CONTENT_MODEL_CSS => 'CssContentHandler',
914 // plain text, for use by extensions, etc.
915 CONTENT_MODEL_TEXT => 'TextContentHandler',
916 ];
917
918 /**
919 * Whether to enable server-side image thumbnailing. If false, images will
920 * always be sent to the client in full resolution, with appropriate width= and
921 * height= attributes on the <img> tag for the client to do its own scaling.
922 */
923 $wgUseImageResize = true;
924
925 /**
926 * Resizing can be done using PHP's internal image libraries or using
927 * ImageMagick or another third-party converter, e.g. GraphicMagick.
928 * These support more file formats than PHP, which only supports PNG,
929 * GIF, JPG, XBM and WBMP.
930 *
931 * Use Image Magick instead of PHP builtin functions.
932 */
933 $wgUseImageMagick = false;
934
935 /**
936 * The convert command shipped with ImageMagick
937 */
938 $wgImageMagickConvertCommand = '/usr/bin/convert';
939
940 /**
941 * Array of max pixel areas for interlacing per MIME type
942 * @since 1.27
943 */
944 $wgMaxInterlacingAreas = [];
945
946 /**
947 * Sharpening parameter to ImageMagick
948 */
949 $wgSharpenParameter = '0x0.4';
950
951 /**
952 * Reduction in linear dimensions below which sharpening will be enabled
953 */
954 $wgSharpenReductionThreshold = 0.85;
955
956 /**
957 * Temporary directory used for ImageMagick. The directory must exist. Leave
958 * this set to false to let ImageMagick decide for itself.
959 */
960 $wgImageMagickTempDir = false;
961
962 /**
963 * Use another resizing converter, e.g. GraphicMagick
964 * %s will be replaced with the source path, %d with the destination
965 * %w and %h will be replaced with the width and height.
966 *
967 * @par Example for GraphicMagick:
968 * @code
969 * $wgCustomConvertCommand = "gm convert %s -resize %wx%h %d"
970 * @endcode
971 *
972 * Leave as false to skip this.
973 */
974 $wgCustomConvertCommand = false;
975
976 /**
977 * used for lossless jpeg rotation
978 *
979 * @since 1.21
980 */
981 $wgJpegTran = '/usr/bin/jpegtran';
982
983 /**
984 * At default setting of 'yuv420', JPEG thumbnails will use 4:2:0 chroma
985 * subsampling to reduce file size, at the cost of possible color fringing
986 * at sharp edges.
987 *
988 * See https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chroma_subsampling
989 *
990 * Supported values:
991 * false - use scaling system's default (same as pre-1.27 behavior)
992 * 'yuv444' - luma and chroma at same resolution
993 * 'yuv422' - chroma at 1/2 resolution horizontally, full vertically
994 * 'yuv420' - chroma at 1/2 resolution in both dimensions
995 *
996 * This setting is currently supported only for the ImageMagick backend;
997 * others may default to 4:2:0 or 4:4:4 or maintaining the source file's
998 * sampling in the thumbnail.
999 *
1000 * @since 1.27
1001 */
1002 $wgJpegPixelFormat = 'yuv420';
1003
1004 /**
1005 * Some tests and extensions use exiv2 to manipulate the Exif metadata in some
1006 * image formats.
1007 */
1008 $wgExiv2Command = '/usr/bin/exiv2';
1009
1010 /**
1011 * Path to exiftool binary. Used for lossless ICC profile swapping.
1012 *
1013 * @since 1.26
1014 */
1015 $wgExiftool = '/usr/bin/exiftool';
1016
1017 /**
1018 * Scalable Vector Graphics (SVG) may be uploaded as images.
1019 * Since SVG support is not yet standard in browsers, it is
1020 * necessary to rasterize SVGs to PNG as a fallback format.
1021 *
1022 * An external program is required to perform this conversion.
1023 * If set to an array, the first item is a PHP callable and any further items
1024 * are passed as parameters after $srcPath, $dstPath, $width, $height
1025 */
1026 $wgSVGConverters = [
1027 'ImageMagick' =>
1028 '$path/convert -background "#ffffff00" -thumbnail $widthx$height\! $input PNG:$output',
1029 'sodipodi' => '$path/sodipodi -z -w $width -f $input -e $output',
1030 'inkscape' => '$path/inkscape -z -w $width -f $input -e $output',
1031 'batik' => 'java -Djava.awt.headless=true -jar $path/batik-rasterizer.jar -w $width -d '
1032 . '$output $input',
1033 'rsvg' => '$path/rsvg-convert -w $width -h $height -o $output $input',
1034 'imgserv' => '$path/imgserv-wrapper -i svg -o png -w$width $input $output',
1035 'ImagickExt' => [ 'SvgHandler::rasterizeImagickExt' ],
1036 ];
1037
1038 /**
1039 * Pick a converter defined in $wgSVGConverters
1040 */
1041 $wgSVGConverter = 'ImageMagick';
1042
1043 /**
1044 * If not in the executable PATH, specify the SVG converter path.
1045 */
1046 $wgSVGConverterPath = '';
1047
1048 /**
1049 * Don't scale a SVG larger than this
1050 */
1051 $wgSVGMaxSize = 5120;
1052
1053 /**
1054 * Don't read SVG metadata beyond this point.
1055 * Default is 1024*256 bytes
1056 */
1057 $wgSVGMetadataCutoff = 262144;
1058
1059 /**
1060 * Disallow <title> element in SVG files.
1061 *
1062 * MediaWiki will reject HTMLesque tags in uploaded files due to idiotic
1063 * browsers which can not perform basic stuff like MIME detection and which are
1064 * vulnerable to further idiots uploading crap files as images.
1065 *
1066 * When this directive is on, "<title>" will be allowed in files with an
1067 * "image/svg+xml" MIME type. You should leave this disabled if your web server
1068 * is misconfigured and doesn't send appropriate MIME types for SVG images.
1069 */
1070 $wgAllowTitlesInSVG = false;
1071
1072 /**
1073 * The maximum number of pixels a source image can have if it is to be scaled
1074 * down by a scaler that requires the full source image to be decompressed
1075 * and stored in decompressed form, before the thumbnail is generated.
1076 *
1077 * This provides a limit on memory usage for the decompression side of the
1078 * image scaler. The limit is used when scaling PNGs with any of the
1079 * built-in image scalers, such as ImageMagick or GD. It is ignored for
1080 * JPEGs with ImageMagick, and when using the VipsScaler extension.
1081 *
1082 * The default is 50 MB if decompressed to RGBA form, which corresponds to
1083 * 12.5 million pixels or 3500x3500.
1084 */
1085 $wgMaxImageArea = 1.25e7;
1086
1087 /**
1088 * Force thumbnailing of animated GIFs above this size to a single
1089 * frame instead of an animated thumbnail. As of MW 1.17 this limit
1090 * is checked against the total size of all frames in the animation.
1091 * It probably makes sense to keep this equal to $wgMaxImageArea.
1092 */
1093 $wgMaxAnimatedGifArea = 1.25e7;
1094
1095 /**
1096 * Browsers don't support TIFF inline generally...
1097 * For inline display, we need to convert to PNG or JPEG.
1098 * Note scaling should work with ImageMagick, but may not with GD scaling.
1099 *
1100 * @par Example:
1101 * @code
1102 * // PNG is lossless, but inefficient for photos
1103 * $wgTiffThumbnailType = array( 'png', 'image/png' );
1104 * // JPEG is good for photos, but has no transparency support. Bad for diagrams.
1105 * $wgTiffThumbnailType = array( 'jpg', 'image/jpeg' );
1106 * @endcode
1107 */
1108 $wgTiffThumbnailType = false;
1109
1110 /**
1111 * If rendered thumbnail files are older than this timestamp, they
1112 * will be rerendered on demand as if the file didn't already exist.
1113 * Update if there is some need to force thumbs and SVG rasterizations
1114 * to rerender, such as fixes to rendering bugs.
1115 */
1116 $wgThumbnailEpoch = '20030516000000';
1117
1118 /**
1119 * Certain operations are avoided if there were too many recent failures,
1120 * for example, thumbnail generation. Bump this value to invalidate all
1121 * memory of failed operations and thus allow further attempts to resume.
1122 * This is useful when a cause for the failures has been found and fixed.
1123 */
1124 $wgAttemptFailureEpoch = 1;
1125
1126 /**
1127 * If set, inline scaled images will still produce "<img>" tags ready for
1128 * output instead of showing an error message.
1129 *
1130 * This may be useful if errors are transitory, especially if the site
1131 * is configured to automatically render thumbnails on request.
1132 *
1133 * On the other hand, it may obscure error conditions from debugging.
1134 * Enable the debug log or the 'thumbnail' log group to make sure errors
1135 * are logged to a file for review.
1136 */
1137 $wgIgnoreImageErrors = false;
1138
1139 /**
1140 * Allow thumbnail rendering on page view. If this is false, a valid
1141 * thumbnail URL is still output, but no file will be created at
1142 * the target location. This may save some time if you have a
1143 * thumb.php or 404 handler set up which is faster than the regular
1144 * webserver(s).
1145 */
1146 $wgGenerateThumbnailOnParse = true;
1147
1148 /**
1149 * Show thumbnails for old images on the image description page
1150 */
1151 $wgShowArchiveThumbnails = true;
1152
1153 /**
1154 * If set to true, images that contain certain the exif orientation tag will
1155 * be rotated accordingly. If set to null, try to auto-detect whether a scaler
1156 * is available that can rotate.
1157 */
1158 $wgEnableAutoRotation = null;
1159
1160 /**
1161 * Internal name of virus scanner. This serves as a key to the
1162 * $wgAntivirusSetup array. Set this to NULL to disable virus scanning. If not
1163 * null, every file uploaded will be scanned for viruses.
1164 */
1165 $wgAntivirus = null;
1166
1167 /**
1168 * Configuration for different virus scanners. This an associative array of
1169 * associative arrays. It contains one setup array per known scanner type.
1170 * The entry is selected by $wgAntivirus, i.e.
1171 * valid values for $wgAntivirus are the keys defined in this array.
1172 *
1173 * The configuration array for each scanner contains the following keys:
1174 * "command", "codemap", "messagepattern":
1175 *
1176 * "command" is the full command to call the virus scanner - %f will be
1177 * replaced with the name of the file to scan. If not present, the filename
1178 * will be appended to the command. Note that this must be overwritten if the
1179 * scanner is not in the system path; in that case, please set
1180 * $wgAntivirusSetup[$wgAntivirus]['command'] to the desired command with full
1181 * path.
1182 *
1183 * "codemap" is a mapping of exit code to return codes of the detectVirus
1184 * function in SpecialUpload.
1185 * - An exit code mapped to AV_SCAN_FAILED causes the function to consider
1186 * the scan to be failed. This will pass the file if $wgAntivirusRequired
1187 * is not set.
1188 * - An exit code mapped to AV_SCAN_ABORTED causes the function to consider
1189 * the file to have an unsupported format, which is probably immune to
1190 * viruses. This causes the file to pass.
1191 * - An exit code mapped to AV_NO_VIRUS will cause the file to pass, meaning
1192 * no virus was found.
1193 * - All other codes (like AV_VIRUS_FOUND) will cause the function to report
1194 * a virus.
1195 * - You may use "*" as a key in the array to catch all exit codes not mapped otherwise.
1196 *
1197 * "messagepattern" is a perl regular expression to extract the meaningful part of the scanners
1198 * output. The relevant part should be matched as group one (\1).
1199 * If not defined or the pattern does not match, the full message is shown to the user.
1200 */
1201 $wgAntivirusSetup = [
1202
1203 # setup for clamav
1204 'clamav' => [
1205 'command' => 'clamscan --no-summary ',
1206 'codemap' => [
1207 "0" => AV_NO_VIRUS, # no virus
1208 "1" => AV_VIRUS_FOUND, # virus found
1209 "52" => AV_SCAN_ABORTED, # unsupported file format (probably immune)
1210 "*" => AV_SCAN_FAILED, # else scan failed
1211 ],
1212 'messagepattern' => '/.*?:(.*)/sim',
1213 ],
1214 ];
1215
1216 /**
1217 * Determines if a failed virus scan (AV_SCAN_FAILED) will cause the file to be rejected.
1218 */
1219 $wgAntivirusRequired = true;
1220
1221 /**
1222 * Determines if the MIME type of uploaded files should be checked
1223 */
1224 $wgVerifyMimeType = true;
1225
1226 /**
1227 * Sets the MIME type definition file to use by MimeMagic.php.
1228 * Set to null, to use built-in defaults only.
1229 * example: $wgMimeTypeFile = '/etc/mime.types';
1230 */
1231 $wgMimeTypeFile = 'includes/mime.types';
1232
1233 /**
1234 * Sets the MIME type info file to use by MimeMagic.php.
1235 * Set to null, to use built-in defaults only.
1236 */
1237 $wgMimeInfoFile = 'includes/mime.info';
1238
1239 /**
1240 * Sets an external MIME detector program. The command must print only
1241 * the MIME type to standard output.
1242 * The name of the file to process will be appended to the command given here.
1243 * If not set or NULL, PHP's fileinfo extension will be used if available.
1244 *
1245 * @par Example:
1246 * @code
1247 * #$wgMimeDetectorCommand = "file -bi"; # use external MIME detector (Linux)
1248 * @endcode
1249 */
1250 $wgMimeDetectorCommand = null;
1251
1252 /**
1253 * Switch for trivial MIME detection. Used by thumb.php to disable all fancy
1254 * things, because only a few types of images are needed and file extensions
1255 * can be trusted.
1256 */
1257 $wgTrivialMimeDetection = false;
1258
1259 /**
1260 * Additional XML types we can allow via MIME-detection.
1261 * array = ( 'rootElement' => 'associatedMimeType' )
1262 */
1263 $wgXMLMimeTypes = [
1264 'http://www.w3.org/2000/svg:svg' => 'image/svg+xml',
1265 'svg' => 'image/svg+xml',
1266 'http://www.lysator.liu.se/~alla/dia/:diagram' => 'application/x-dia-diagram',
1267 'http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml:html' => 'text/html', // application/xhtml+xml?
1268 'html' => 'text/html', // application/xhtml+xml?
1269 ];
1270
1271 /**
1272 * Limit images on image description pages to a user-selectable limit. In order
1273 * to reduce disk usage, limits can only be selected from a list.
1274 * The user preference is saved as an array offset in the database, by default
1275 * the offset is set with $wgDefaultUserOptions['imagesize']. Make sure you
1276 * change it if you alter the array (see bug 8858).
1277 * This is the list of settings the user can choose from:
1278 */
1279 $wgImageLimits = [
1280 [ 320, 240 ],
1281 [ 640, 480 ],
1282 [ 800, 600 ],
1283 [ 1024, 768 ],
1284 [ 1280, 1024 ]
1285 ];
1286
1287 /**
1288 * Adjust thumbnails on image pages according to a user setting. In order to
1289 * reduce disk usage, the values can only be selected from a list. This is the
1290 * list of settings the user can choose from:
1291 */
1292 $wgThumbLimits = [
1293 120,
1294 150,
1295 180,
1296 200,
1297 250,
1298 300
1299 ];
1300
1301 /**
1302 * When defined, is an array of image widths used as buckets for thumbnail generation.
1303 * The goal is to save resources by generating thumbnails based on reference buckets instead of
1304 * always using the original. This will incur a speed gain but cause a quality loss.
1305 *
1306 * The buckets generation is chained, with each bucket generated based on the above bucket
1307 * when possible. File handlers have to opt into using that feature. For now only BitmapHandler
1308 * supports it.
1309 */
1310 $wgThumbnailBuckets = null;
1311
1312 /**
1313 * When using thumbnail buckets as defined above, this sets the minimum distance to the bucket
1314 * above the requested size. The distance represents how many extra pixels of width the bucket
1315 * needs in order to be used as the reference for a given thumbnail. For example, with the
1316 * following buckets:
1317 *
1318 * $wgThumbnailBuckets = array ( 128, 256, 512 );
1319 *
1320 * and a distance of 50:
1321 *
1322 * $wgThumbnailMinimumBucketDistance = 50;
1323 *
1324 * If we want to render a thumbnail of width 220px, the 512px bucket will be used,
1325 * because 220 + 50 = 270 and the closest bucket bigger than 270px is 512.
1326 */
1327 $wgThumbnailMinimumBucketDistance = 50;
1328
1329 /**
1330 * When defined, is an array of thumbnail widths to be rendered at upload time. The idea is to
1331 * prerender common thumbnail sizes, in order to avoid the necessity to render them on demand, which
1332 * has a performance impact for the first client to view a certain size.
1333 *
1334 * This obviously means that more disk space is needed per upload upfront.
1335 *
1336 * @since 1.25
1337 */
1338
1339 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMap = [];
1340
1341 /**
1342 * The method through which the thumbnails will be prerendered for the entries in
1343 * $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMap
1344 *
1345 * The method can be either "http" or "jobqueue". The former uses an http request to hit the
1346 * thumbnail's URL.
1347 * This method only works if thumbnails are configured to be rendered by a 404 handler. The latter
1348 * option uses the job queue to render the thumbnail.
1349 *
1350 * @since 1.25
1351 */
1352 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod = 'jobqueue';
1353
1354 /**
1355 * When using the "http" wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod, lets one specify a custom Host HTTP header.
1356 *
1357 * @since 1.25
1358 */
1359 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderHttpCustomHost = false;
1360
1361 /**
1362 * When using the "http" wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod, lets one specify a custom domain to send the
1363 * HTTP request to.
1364 *
1365 * @since 1.25
1366 */
1367 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderHttpCustomDomain = false;
1368
1369 /**
1370 * When this variable is true and JPGs use the sRGB ICC profile, swaps it for the more lightweight
1371 * (and free) TinyRGB profile when generating thumbnails.
1372 *
1373 * @since 1.26
1374 */
1375 $wgUseTinyRGBForJPGThumbnails = false;
1376
1377 /**
1378 * Default parameters for the "<gallery>" tag
1379 */
1380 $wgGalleryOptions = [
1381 'imagesPerRow' => 0, // Default number of images per-row in the gallery. 0 -> Adapt to screensize
1382 'imageWidth' => 120, // Width of the cells containing images in galleries (in "px")
1383 'imageHeight' => 120, // Height of the cells containing images in galleries (in "px")
1384 'captionLength' => 25, // Length of caption to truncate (in characters)
1385 'showBytes' => true, // Show the filesize in bytes in categories
1386 'mode' => 'traditional',
1387 ];
1388
1389 /**
1390 * Adjust width of upright images when parameter 'upright' is used
1391 * This allows a nicer look for upright images without the need to fix the width
1392 * by hardcoded px in wiki sourcecode.
1393 */
1394 $wgThumbUpright = 0.75;
1395
1396 /**
1397 * Default value for chmoding of new directories.
1398 */
1399 $wgDirectoryMode = 0777;
1400
1401 /**
1402 * Generate and use thumbnails suitable for screens with 1.5 and 2.0 pixel densities.
1403 *
1404 * This means a 320x240 use of an image on the wiki will also generate 480x360 and 640x480
1405 * thumbnails, output via the srcset attribute.
1406 *
1407 * On older browsers, a JavaScript polyfill switches the appropriate images in after loading
1408 * the original low-resolution versions depending on the reported window.devicePixelRatio.
1409 * The polyfill can be found in the jquery.hidpi module.
1410 */
1411 $wgResponsiveImages = true;
1412
1413 /**
1414 * @name DJVU settings
1415 * @{
1416 */
1417
1418 /**
1419 * Path of the djvudump executable
1420 * Enable this and $wgDjvuRenderer to enable djvu rendering
1421 * example: $wgDjvuDump = 'djvudump';
1422 */
1423 $wgDjvuDump = null;
1424
1425 /**
1426 * Path of the ddjvu DJVU renderer
1427 * Enable this and $wgDjvuDump to enable djvu rendering
1428 * example: $wgDjvuRenderer = 'ddjvu';
1429 */
1430 $wgDjvuRenderer = null;
1431
1432 /**
1433 * Path of the djvutxt DJVU text extraction utility
1434 * Enable this and $wgDjvuDump to enable text layer extraction from djvu files
1435 * example: $wgDjvuTxt = 'djvutxt';
1436 */
1437 $wgDjvuTxt = null;
1438
1439 /**
1440 * Path of the djvutoxml executable
1441 * This works like djvudump except much, much slower as of version 3.5.
1442 *
1443 * For now we recommend you use djvudump instead. The djvuxml output is
1444 * probably more stable, so we'll switch back to it as soon as they fix
1445 * the efficiency problem.
1446 * http://sourceforge.net/tracker/index.php?func=detail&aid=1704049&group_id=32953&atid=406583
1447 *
1448 * @par Example:
1449 * @code
1450 * $wgDjvuToXML = 'djvutoxml';
1451 * @endcode
1452 */
1453 $wgDjvuToXML = null;
1454
1455 /**
1456 * Shell command for the DJVU post processor
1457 * Default: pnmtojpeg, since ddjvu generates ppm output
1458 * Set this to false to output the ppm file directly.
1459 */
1460 $wgDjvuPostProcessor = 'pnmtojpeg';
1461
1462 /**
1463 * File extension for the DJVU post processor output
1464 */
1465 $wgDjvuOutputExtension = 'jpg';
1466
1467 /** @} */ # end of DJvu }
1468
1469 /** @} */ # end of file uploads }
1470
1471 /************************************************************************//**
1472 * @name Email settings
1473 * @{
1474 */
1475
1476 /**
1477 * Site admin email address.
1478 *
1479 * Defaults to "wikiadmin@$wgServerName".
1480 */
1481 $wgEmergencyContact = false;
1482
1483 /**
1484 * Sender email address for e-mail notifications.
1485 *
1486 * The address we use as sender when a user requests a password reminder.
1487 *
1488 * Defaults to "apache@$wgServerName".
1489 */
1490 $wgPasswordSender = false;
1491
1492 /**
1493 * Sender name for e-mail notifications.
1494 *
1495 * @deprecated since 1.23; use the system message 'emailsender' instead.
1496 */
1497 $wgPasswordSenderName = 'MediaWiki Mail';
1498
1499 /**
1500 * Reply-To address for e-mail notifications.
1501 *
1502 * Defaults to $wgPasswordSender.
1503 */
1504 $wgNoReplyAddress = false;
1505
1506 /**
1507 * Set to true to enable the e-mail basic features:
1508 * Password reminders, etc. If sending e-mail on your
1509 * server doesn't work, you might want to disable this.
1510 */
1511 $wgEnableEmail = true;
1512
1513 /**
1514 * Set to true to enable user-to-user e-mail.
1515 * This can potentially be abused, as it's hard to track.
1516 */
1517 $wgEnableUserEmail = true;
1518
1519 /**
1520 * Set to true to put the sending user's email in a Reply-To header
1521 * instead of From. ($wgEmergencyContact will be used as From.)
1522 *
1523 * Some mailers (eg SMTP) set the SMTP envelope sender to the From value,
1524 * which can cause problems with SPF validation and leak recipient addresses
1525 * when bounces are sent to the sender.
1526 */
1527 $wgUserEmailUseReplyTo = false;
1528
1529 /**
1530 * Minimum time, in hours, which must elapse between password reminder
1531 * emails for a given account. This is to prevent abuse by mail flooding.
1532 */
1533 $wgPasswordReminderResendTime = 24;
1534
1535 /**
1536 * The time, in seconds, when an emailed temporary password expires.
1537 */
1538 $wgNewPasswordExpiry = 3600 * 24 * 7;
1539
1540 /**
1541 * The time, in seconds, when an email confirmation email expires
1542 */
1543 $wgUserEmailConfirmationTokenExpiry = 7 * 24 * 60 * 60;
1544
1545 /**
1546 * The number of days that a user's password is good for. After this number of days, the
1547 * user will be asked to reset their password. Set to false to disable password expiration.
1548 */
1549 $wgPasswordExpirationDays = false;
1550
1551 /**
1552 * If a user's password is expired, the number of seconds when they can still login,
1553 * and cancel their password change, but are sent to the password change form on each login.
1554 */
1555 $wgPasswordExpireGrace = 3600 * 24 * 7; // 7 days
1556
1557 /**
1558 * SMTP Mode.
1559 *
1560 * For using a direct (authenticated) SMTP server connection.
1561 * Default to false or fill an array :
1562 *
1563 * @code
1564 * $wgSMTP = array(
1565 * 'host' => 'SMTP domain',
1566 * 'IDHost' => 'domain for MessageID',
1567 * 'port' => '25',
1568 * 'auth' => [true|false],
1569 * 'username' => [SMTP username],
1570 * 'password' => [SMTP password],
1571 * );
1572 * @endcode
1573 */
1574 $wgSMTP = false;
1575
1576 /**
1577 * Additional email parameters, will be passed as the last argument to mail() call.
1578 */
1579 $wgAdditionalMailParams = null;
1580
1581 /**
1582 * For parts of the system that have been updated to provide HTML email content, send
1583 * both text and HTML parts as the body of the email
1584 */
1585 $wgAllowHTMLEmail = false;
1586
1587 /**
1588 * True: from page editor if s/he opted-in. False: Enotif mails appear to come
1589 * from $wgEmergencyContact
1590 */
1591 $wgEnotifFromEditor = false;
1592
1593 // TODO move UPO to preferences probably ?
1594 # If set to true, users get a corresponding option in their preferences and can choose to
1595 # enable or disable at their discretion
1596 # If set to false, the corresponding input form on the user preference page is suppressed
1597 # It call this to be a "user-preferences-option (UPO)"
1598
1599 /**
1600 * Require email authentication before sending mail to an email address.
1601 * This is highly recommended. It prevents MediaWiki from being used as an open
1602 * spam relay.
1603 */
1604 $wgEmailAuthentication = true;
1605
1606 /**
1607 * Allow users to enable email notification ("enotif") on watchlist changes.
1608 */
1609 $wgEnotifWatchlist = false;
1610
1611 /**
1612 * Allow users to enable email notification ("enotif") when someone edits their
1613 * user talk page.
1614 */
1615 $wgEnotifUserTalk = false;
1616
1617 /**
1618 * Set the Reply-to address in notifications to the editor's address, if user
1619 * allowed this in the preferences.
1620 */
1621 $wgEnotifRevealEditorAddress = false;
1622
1623 /**
1624 * Send notification mails on minor edits to watchlist pages. This is enabled
1625 * by default. User talk notifications are affected by this, $wgEnotifUserTalk, and
1626 * the nominornewtalk user right.
1627 */
1628 $wgEnotifMinorEdits = true;
1629
1630 /**
1631 * Send a generic mail instead of a personalised mail for each user. This
1632 * always uses UTC as the time zone, and doesn't include the username.
1633 *
1634 * For pages with many users watching, this can significantly reduce mail load.
1635 * Has no effect when using sendmail rather than SMTP.
1636 */
1637 $wgEnotifImpersonal = false;
1638
1639 /**
1640 * Maximum number of users to mail at once when using impersonal mail. Should
1641 * match the limit on your mail server.
1642 */
1643 $wgEnotifMaxRecips = 500;
1644
1645 /**
1646 * Use real name instead of username in e-mail "from" field.
1647 */
1648 $wgEnotifUseRealName = false;
1649
1650 /**
1651 * Array of usernames who will be sent a notification email for every change
1652 * which occurs on a wiki. Users will not be notified of their own changes.
1653 */
1654 $wgUsersNotifiedOnAllChanges = [];
1655
1656 /** @} */ # end of email settings
1657
1658 /************************************************************************//**
1659 * @name Database settings
1660 * @{
1661 */
1662
1663 /**
1664 * Database host name or IP address
1665 */
1666 $wgDBserver = 'localhost';
1667
1668 /**
1669 * Database port number (for PostgreSQL and Microsoft SQL Server).
1670 */
1671 $wgDBport = 5432;
1672
1673 /**
1674 * Name of the database
1675 */
1676 $wgDBname = 'my_wiki';
1677
1678 /**
1679 * Database username
1680 */
1681 $wgDBuser = 'wikiuser';
1682
1683 /**
1684 * Database user's password
1685 */
1686 $wgDBpassword = '';
1687
1688 /**
1689 * Database type
1690 */
1691 $wgDBtype = 'mysql';
1692
1693 /**
1694 * Whether to use SSL in DB connection.
1695 *
1696 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
1697 * 'LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
1698 * the DBO_SSL flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
1699 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
1700 */
1701 $wgDBssl = false;
1702
1703 /**
1704 * Whether to use compression in DB connection.
1705 *
1706 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
1707 * 'LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
1708 * the DBO_COMPRESS flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
1709 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
1710 */
1711 $wgDBcompress = false;
1712
1713 /**
1714 * Separate username for maintenance tasks. Leave as null to use the default.
1715 */
1716 $wgDBadminuser = null;
1717
1718 /**
1719 * Separate password for maintenance tasks. Leave as null to use the default.
1720 */
1721 $wgDBadminpassword = null;
1722
1723 /**
1724 * Search type.
1725 * Leave as null to select the default search engine for the
1726 * selected database type (eg SearchMySQL), or set to a class
1727 * name to override to a custom search engine.
1728 */
1729 $wgSearchType = null;
1730
1731 /**
1732 * Alternative search types
1733 * Sometimes you want to support multiple search engines for testing. This
1734 * allows users to select their search engine of choice via url parameters
1735 * to Special:Search and the action=search API. If using this, there's no
1736 * need to add $wgSearchType to it, that is handled automatically.
1737 */
1738 $wgSearchTypeAlternatives = null;
1739
1740 /**
1741 * Table name prefix
1742 */
1743 $wgDBprefix = '';
1744
1745 /**
1746 * MySQL table options to use during installation or update
1747 */
1748 $wgDBTableOptions = 'ENGINE=InnoDB';
1749
1750 /**
1751 * SQL Mode - default is turning off all modes, including strict, if set.
1752 * null can be used to skip the setting for performance reasons and assume
1753 * DBA has done his best job.
1754 * String override can be used for some additional fun :-)
1755 */
1756 $wgSQLMode = '';
1757
1758 /**
1759 * Mediawiki schema
1760 */
1761 $wgDBmwschema = null;
1762
1763 /**
1764 * To override default SQLite data directory ($docroot/../data)
1765 */
1766 $wgSQLiteDataDir = '';
1767
1768 /**
1769 * Make all database connections secretly go to localhost. Fool the load balancer
1770 * thinking there is an arbitrarily large cluster of servers to connect to.
1771 * Useful for debugging.
1772 */
1773 $wgAllDBsAreLocalhost = false;
1774
1775 /**
1776 * Shared database for multiple wikis. Commonly used for storing a user table
1777 * for single sign-on. The server for this database must be the same as for the
1778 * main database.
1779 *
1780 * For backwards compatibility the shared prefix is set to the same as the local
1781 * prefix, and the user table is listed in the default list of shared tables.
1782 * The user_properties table is also added so that users will continue to have their
1783 * preferences shared (preferences were stored in the user table prior to 1.16)
1784 *
1785 * $wgSharedTables may be customized with a list of tables to share in the shared
1786 * database. However it is advised to limit what tables you do share as many of
1787 * MediaWiki's tables may have side effects if you try to share them.
1788 *
1789 * $wgSharedPrefix is the table prefix for the shared database. It defaults to
1790 * $wgDBprefix.
1791 *
1792 * $wgSharedSchema is the table schema for the shared database. It defaults to
1793 * $wgDBmwschema.
1794 *
1795 * @deprecated since 1.21 In new code, use the $wiki parameter to wfGetLB() to
1796 * access remote databases. Using wfGetLB() allows the shared database to
1797 * reside on separate servers to the wiki's own database, with suitable
1798 * configuration of $wgLBFactoryConf.
1799 */
1800 $wgSharedDB = null;
1801
1802 /**
1803 * @see $wgSharedDB
1804 */
1805 $wgSharedPrefix = false;
1806
1807 /**
1808 * @see $wgSharedDB
1809 */
1810 $wgSharedTables = [ 'user', 'user_properties' ];
1811
1812 /**
1813 * @see $wgSharedDB
1814 * @since 1.23
1815 */
1816 $wgSharedSchema = false;
1817
1818 /**
1819 * Database load balancer
1820 * This is a two-dimensional array, an array of server info structures
1821 * Fields are:
1822 * - host: Host name
1823 * - dbname: Default database name
1824 * - user: DB user
1825 * - password: DB password
1826 * - type: DB type
1827 *
1828 * - load: Ratio of DB_SLAVE load, must be >=0, the sum of all loads must be >0.
1829 * If this is zero for any given server, no normal query traffic will be
1830 * sent to it. It will be excluded from lag checks in maintenance scripts.
1831 * The only way it can receive traffic is if groupLoads is used.
1832 *
1833 * - groupLoads: array of load ratios, the key is the query group name. A query may belong
1834 * to several groups, the most specific group defined here is used.
1835 *
1836 * - flags: bit field
1837 * - DBO_DEFAULT -- turns on DBO_TRX only if !$wgCommandLineMode (recommended)
1838 * - DBO_DEBUG -- equivalent of $wgDebugDumpSql
1839 * - DBO_TRX -- wrap entire request in a transaction
1840 * - DBO_NOBUFFER -- turn off buffering (not useful in LocalSettings.php)
1841 * - DBO_PERSISTENT -- enables persistent database connections
1842 * - DBO_SSL -- uses SSL/TLS encryption in database connections, if available
1843 * - DBO_COMPRESS -- uses internal compression in database connections,
1844 * if available
1845 *
1846 * - max lag: (optional) Maximum replication lag before a slave will taken out of rotation
1847 *
1848 * These and any other user-defined properties will be assigned to the mLBInfo member
1849 * variable of the Database object.
1850 *
1851 * Leave at false to use the single-server variables above. If you set this
1852 * variable, the single-server variables will generally be ignored (except
1853 * perhaps in some command-line scripts).
1854 *
1855 * The first server listed in this array (with key 0) will be the master. The
1856 * rest of the servers will be slaves. To prevent writes to your slaves due to
1857 * accidental misconfiguration or MediaWiki bugs, set read_only=1 on all your
1858 * slaves in my.cnf. You can set read_only mode at runtime using:
1859 *
1860 * @code
1861 * SET @@read_only=1;
1862 * @endcode
1863 *
1864 * Since the effect of writing to a slave is so damaging and difficult to clean
1865 * up, we at Wikimedia set read_only=1 in my.cnf on all our DB servers, even
1866 * our masters, and then set read_only=0 on masters at runtime.
1867 */
1868 $wgDBservers = false;
1869
1870 /**
1871 * Load balancer factory configuration
1872 * To set up a multi-master wiki farm, set the class here to something that
1873 * can return a LoadBalancer with an appropriate master on a call to getMainLB().
1874 * The class identified here is responsible for reading $wgDBservers,
1875 * $wgDBserver, etc., so overriding it may cause those globals to be ignored.
1876 *
1877 * The LBFactoryMulti class is provided for this purpose, please see
1878 * includes/db/LBFactoryMulti.php for configuration information.
1879 */
1880 $wgLBFactoryConf = [ 'class' => 'LBFactorySimple' ];
1881
1882 /**
1883 * After a state-changing request is done by a client, this determines
1884 * how many seconds that client should keep using the master datacenter.
1885 * This avoids unexpected stale or 404 responses due to replication lag.
1886 * @since 1.27
1887 */
1888 $wgDataCenterUpdateStickTTL = 10;
1889
1890 /**
1891 * File to log database errors to
1892 */
1893 $wgDBerrorLog = false;
1894
1895 /**
1896 * Timezone to use in the error log.
1897 * Defaults to the wiki timezone ($wgLocaltimezone).
1898 *
1899 * A list of usable timezones can found at:
1900 * http://php.net/manual/en/timezones.php
1901 *
1902 * @par Examples:
1903 * @code
1904 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'UTC';
1905 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'GMT';
1906 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'PST8PDT';
1907 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'Europe/Sweden';
1908 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'CET';
1909 * @endcode
1910 *
1911 * @since 1.20
1912 */
1913 $wgDBerrorLogTZ = false;
1914
1915 /**
1916 * Set to true to engage MySQL 4.1/5.0 charset-related features;
1917 * for now will just cause sending of 'SET NAMES=utf8' on connect.
1918 *
1919 * @warning THIS IS EXPERIMENTAL!
1920 *
1921 * May break if you're not using the table defs from mysql5/tables.sql.
1922 * May break if you're upgrading an existing wiki if set differently.
1923 * Broken symptoms likely to include incorrect behavior with page titles,
1924 * usernames, comments etc containing non-ASCII characters.
1925 * Might also cause failures on the object cache and other things.
1926 *
1927 * Even correct usage may cause failures with Unicode supplementary
1928 * characters (those not in the Basic Multilingual Plane) unless MySQL
1929 * has enhanced their Unicode support.
1930 */
1931 $wgDBmysql5 = false;
1932
1933 /**
1934 * Set true to enable Oracle DCRP (supported from 11gR1 onward)
1935 *
1936 * To use this feature set to true and use a datasource defined as
1937 * POOLED (i.e. in tnsnames definition set server=pooled in connect_data
1938 * block).
1939 *
1940 * Starting from 11gR1 you can use DCRP (Database Resident Connection
1941 * Pool) that maintains established sessions and reuses them on new
1942 * connections.
1943 *
1944 * Not completely tested, but it should fall back on normal connection
1945 * in case the pool is full or the datasource is not configured as
1946 * pooled.
1947 * And the other way around; using oci_pconnect on a non pooled
1948 * datasource should produce a normal connection.
1949 *
1950 * When it comes to frequent shortlived DB connections like with MW
1951 * Oracle tends to s***. The problem is the driver connects to the
1952 * database reasonably fast, but establishing a session takes time and
1953 * resources. MW does not rely on session state (as it does not use
1954 * features such as package variables) so establishing a valid session
1955 * is in this case an unwanted overhead that just slows things down.
1956 *
1957 * @warning EXPERIMENTAL!
1958 *
1959 */
1960 $wgDBOracleDRCP = false;
1961
1962 /**
1963 * Other wikis on this site, can be administered from a single developer
1964 * account.
1965 * Array numeric key => database name
1966 */
1967 $wgLocalDatabases = [];
1968
1969 /**
1970 * If lag is higher than $wgSlaveLagWarning, show a warning in some special
1971 * pages (like watchlist). If the lag is higher than $wgSlaveLagCritical,
1972 * show a more obvious warning.
1973 */
1974 $wgSlaveLagWarning = 10;
1975
1976 /**
1977 * @see $wgSlaveLagWarning
1978 */
1979 $wgSlaveLagCritical = 30;
1980
1981 /**
1982 * Use Windows Authentication instead of $wgDBuser / $wgDBpassword for MS SQL Server
1983 */
1984 $wgDBWindowsAuthentication = false;
1985
1986 /**@}*/ # End of DB settings }
1987
1988 /************************************************************************//**
1989 * @name Text storage
1990 * @{
1991 */
1992
1993 /**
1994 * We can also compress text stored in the 'text' table. If this is set on, new
1995 * revisions will be compressed on page save if zlib support is available. Any
1996 * compressed revisions will be decompressed on load regardless of this setting,
1997 * but will not be readable at all* if zlib support is not available.
1998 */
1999 $wgCompressRevisions = false;
2000
2001 /**
2002 * External stores allow including content
2003 * from non database sources following URL links.
2004 *
2005 * Short names of ExternalStore classes may be specified in an array here:
2006 * @code
2007 * $wgExternalStores = array("http","file","custom")...
2008 * @endcode
2009 *
2010 * CAUTION: Access to database might lead to code execution
2011 */
2012 $wgExternalStores = [];
2013
2014 /**
2015 * An array of external MySQL servers.
2016 *
2017 * @par Example:
2018 * Create a cluster named 'cluster1' containing three servers:
2019 * @code
2020 * $wgExternalServers = array(
2021 * 'cluster1' => array( 'srv28', 'srv29', 'srv30' )
2022 * );
2023 * @endcode
2024 *
2025 * Used by LBFactorySimple, may be ignored if $wgLBFactoryConf is set to
2026 * another class.
2027 */
2028 $wgExternalServers = [];
2029
2030 /**
2031 * The place to put new revisions, false to put them in the local text table.
2032 * Part of a URL, e.g. DB://cluster1
2033 *
2034 * Can be an array instead of a single string, to enable data distribution. Keys
2035 * must be consecutive integers, starting at zero.
2036 *
2037 * @par Example:
2038 * @code
2039 * $wgDefaultExternalStore = array( 'DB://cluster1', 'DB://cluster2' );
2040 * @endcode
2041 *
2042 * @var array
2043 */
2044 $wgDefaultExternalStore = false;
2045
2046 /**
2047 * Revision text may be cached in $wgMemc to reduce load on external storage
2048 * servers and object extraction overhead for frequently-loaded revisions.
2049 *
2050 * Set to 0 to disable, or number of seconds before cache expiry.
2051 */
2052 $wgRevisionCacheExpiry = 0;
2053
2054 /** @} */ # end text storage }
2055
2056 /************************************************************************//**
2057 * @name Performance hacks and limits
2058 * @{
2059 */
2060
2061 /**
2062 * Disable database-intensive features
2063 */
2064 $wgMiserMode = false;
2065
2066 /**
2067 * Disable all query pages if miser mode is on, not just some
2068 */
2069 $wgDisableQueryPages = false;
2070
2071 /**
2072 * Number of rows to cache in 'querycache' table when miser mode is on
2073 */
2074 $wgQueryCacheLimit = 1000;
2075
2076 /**
2077 * Number of links to a page required before it is deemed "wanted"
2078 */
2079 $wgWantedPagesThreshold = 1;
2080
2081 /**
2082 * Enable slow parser functions
2083 */
2084 $wgAllowSlowParserFunctions = false;
2085
2086 /**
2087 * Allow schema updates
2088 */
2089 $wgAllowSchemaUpdates = true;
2090
2091 /**
2092 * Maximum article size in kilobytes
2093 */
2094 $wgMaxArticleSize = 2048;
2095
2096 /**
2097 * The minimum amount of memory that MediaWiki "needs"; MediaWiki will try to
2098 * raise PHP's memory limit if it's below this amount.
2099 */
2100 $wgMemoryLimit = "50M";
2101
2102 /**
2103 * The minimum amount of time that MediaWiki needs for "slow" write request,
2104 * particularly ones with multiple non-atomic writes that *should* be as
2105 * transactional as possible; MediaWiki will call set_time_limit() if needed.
2106 * @since 1.26
2107 */
2108 $wgTransactionalTimeLimit = 120;
2109
2110 /** @} */ # end performance hacks }
2111
2112 /************************************************************************//**
2113 * @name Cache settings
2114 * @{
2115 */
2116
2117 /**
2118 * Directory for caching data in the local filesystem. Should not be accessible
2119 * from the web.
2120 *
2121 * Note: if multiple wikis share the same localisation cache directory, they
2122 * must all have the same set of extensions. You can set a directory just for
2123 * the localisation cache using $wgLocalisationCacheConf['storeDirectory'].
2124 */
2125 $wgCacheDirectory = false;
2126
2127 /**
2128 * Main cache type. This should be a cache with fast access, but it may have
2129 * limited space. By default, it is disabled, since the stock database cache
2130 * is not fast enough to make it worthwhile.
2131 *
2132 * The options are:
2133 *
2134 * - CACHE_ANYTHING: Use anything, as long as it works
2135 * - CACHE_NONE: Do not cache
2136 * - CACHE_DB: Store cache objects in the DB
2137 * - CACHE_MEMCACHED: MemCached, must specify servers in $wgMemCachedServers
2138 * - CACHE_ACCEL: APC, XCache or WinCache
2139 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2140 * configuration in $wgObjectCaches.
2141 *
2142 * @see $wgMessageCacheType, $wgParserCacheType
2143 */
2144 $wgMainCacheType = CACHE_NONE;
2145
2146 /**
2147 * The cache type for storing the contents of the MediaWiki namespace. This
2148 * cache is used for a small amount of data which is expensive to regenerate.
2149 *
2150 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2151 */
2152 $wgMessageCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2153
2154 /**
2155 * The cache type for storing article HTML. This is used to store data which
2156 * is expensive to regenerate, and benefits from having plenty of storage space.
2157 *
2158 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2159 */
2160 $wgParserCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2161
2162 /**
2163 * The cache type for storing session data.
2164 *
2165 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2166 */
2167 $wgSessionCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2168
2169 /**
2170 * The cache type for storing language conversion tables,
2171 * which are used when parsing certain text and interface messages.
2172 *
2173 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2174 *
2175 * @since 1.20
2176 */
2177 $wgLanguageConverterCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2178
2179 /**
2180 * Advanced object cache configuration.
2181 *
2182 * Use this to define the class names and constructor parameters which are used
2183 * for the various cache types. Custom cache types may be defined here and
2184 * referenced from $wgMainCacheType, $wgMessageCacheType, $wgParserCacheType,
2185 * or $wgLanguageConverterCacheType.
2186 *
2187 * The format is an associative array where the key is a cache identifier, and
2188 * the value is an associative array of parameters. The "class" parameter is the
2189 * class name which will be used. Alternatively, a "factory" parameter may be
2190 * given, giving a callable function which will generate a suitable cache object.
2191 */
2192 $wgObjectCaches = [
2193 CACHE_NONE => [ 'class' => 'EmptyBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2194 CACHE_DB => [ 'class' => 'SqlBagOStuff', 'loggroup' => 'SQLBagOStuff' ],
2195
2196 CACHE_ANYTHING => [ 'factory' => 'ObjectCache::newAnything' ],
2197 CACHE_ACCEL => [ 'factory' => 'ObjectCache::getLocalServerInstance' ],
2198 CACHE_MEMCACHED => [ 'class' => 'MemcachedPhpBagOStuff', 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2199
2200 'db-replicated' => [
2201 'class' => 'ReplicatedBagOStuff',
2202 'readFactory' => [
2203 'class' => 'SqlBagOStuff',
2204 'args' => [ [ 'slaveOnly' => true ] ]
2205 ],
2206 'writeFactory' => [
2207 'class' => 'SqlBagOStuff',
2208 'args' => [ [ 'slaveOnly' => false ] ]
2209 ],
2210 'loggroup' => 'SQLBagOStuff'
2211 ],
2212
2213 'apc' => [ 'class' => 'APCBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2214 'xcache' => [ 'class' => 'XCacheBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2215 'wincache' => [ 'class' => 'WinCacheBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2216 'memcached-php' => [ 'class' => 'MemcachedPhpBagOStuff', 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2217 'memcached-pecl' => [ 'class' => 'MemcachedPeclBagOStuff', 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2218 'hash' => [ 'class' => 'HashBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2219 ];
2220
2221 /**
2222 * Main Wide-Area-Network cache type. This should be a cache with fast access,
2223 * but it may have limited space. By default, it is disabled, since the basic stock
2224 * cache is not fast enough to make it worthwhile. For single data-center setups, this can
2225 * simply be pointed to a cache in $wgWANObjectCaches that uses a local $wgObjectCaches
2226 * cache with a relayer of type EventRelayerNull.
2227 *
2228 * The options are:
2229 * - false: Configure the cache using $wgMainCacheType, without using
2230 * a relayer (only matters if there are multiple data-centers)
2231 * - CACHE_NONE: Do not cache
2232 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2233 * configuration in $wgWANObjectCaches
2234 * @since 1.26
2235 */
2236 $wgMainWANCache = false;
2237
2238 /**
2239 * Advanced WAN object cache configuration.
2240 *
2241 * Each WAN cache wraps a registered object cache (for the local cluster)
2242 * and it must also be configured to point to a PubSub instance. Subscribers
2243 * must be configured to relay purges to the actual cache servers.
2244 *
2245 * The format is an associative array where the key is a cache identifier, and
2246 * the value is an associative array of parameters. The "cacheId" parameter is
2247 * a cache identifier from $wgObjectCaches. The "channels" parameter is a map of
2248 * actions ('purge') to PubSub channels defined in $wgEventRelayerConfig.
2249 * The "loggroup" parameter controls where log events are sent.
2250 *
2251 * @since 1.26
2252 */
2253 $wgWANObjectCaches = [
2254 CACHE_NONE => [
2255 'class' => 'WANObjectCache',
2256 'cacheId' => CACHE_NONE,
2257 'channels' => []
2258 ]
2259 /* Example of a simple single data-center cache:
2260 'memcached-php' => [
2261 'class' => 'WANObjectCache',
2262 'cacheId' => 'memcached-php',
2263 'channels' => [ 'purge' => 'wancache-main-memcached-purge' ]
2264 ]
2265 */
2266 ];
2267
2268 /**
2269 * Main object stash type. This should be a fast storage system for storing
2270 * lightweight data like hit counters and user activity. Sites with multiple
2271 * data-centers should have this use a store that replicates all writes. The
2272 * store should have enough consistency for CAS operations to be usable.
2273 * Reads outside of those needed for merge() may be eventually consistent.
2274 *
2275 * The options are:
2276 * - db: Store cache objects in the DB
2277 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2278 * configuration in $wgObjectCaches
2279 *
2280 * @since 1.26
2281 */
2282 $wgMainStash = 'db-replicated';
2283
2284 /**
2285 * The expiry time for the parser cache, in seconds.
2286 * The default is 86400 (one day).
2287 */
2288 $wgParserCacheExpireTime = 86400;
2289
2290 /**
2291 * Deprecated alias for $wgSessionsInObjectCache.
2292 *
2293 * @deprecated since 1.20; Use $wgSessionsInObjectCache
2294 */
2295 $wgSessionsInMemcached = true;
2296
2297 /**
2298 * @deprecated since 1.27, session data is always stored in object cache.
2299 */
2300 $wgSessionsInObjectCache = true;
2301
2302 /**
2303 * The expiry time to use for session storage, in seconds.
2304 */
2305 $wgObjectCacheSessionExpiry = 3600;
2306
2307 /**
2308 * @deprecated since 1.27, MediaWiki\Session\SessionManager doesn't use PHP session storage.
2309 */
2310 $wgSessionHandler = null;
2311
2312 /**
2313 * Whether to use PHP session handling ($_SESSION and session_*() functions)
2314 *
2315 * If the constant MW_NO_SESSION is defined, this is forced to 'disable'.
2316 *
2317 * If the constant MW_NO_SESSION_HANDLER is defined, this is ignored and PHP
2318 * session handling will function independently of SessionHandler.
2319 * SessionHandler and PHP's session handling may attempt to override each
2320 * others' cookies.
2321 *
2322 * @since 1.27
2323 * @var string
2324 * - 'enable': Integrate with PHP's session handling as much as possible.
2325 * - 'warn': Integrate but log warnings if anything changes $_SESSION.
2326 * - 'disable': Throw exceptions if PHP session handling is used.
2327 */
2328 $wgPHPSessionHandling = 'enable';
2329
2330 /**
2331 * If enabled, will send MemCached debugging information to $wgDebugLogFile
2332 */
2333 $wgMemCachedDebug = false;
2334
2335 /**
2336 * The list of MemCached servers and port numbers
2337 */
2338 $wgMemCachedServers = [ '127.0.0.1:11211' ];
2339
2340 /**
2341 * Use persistent connections to MemCached, which are shared across multiple
2342 * requests.
2343 */
2344 $wgMemCachedPersistent = false;
2345
2346 /**
2347 * Read/write timeout for MemCached server communication, in microseconds.
2348 */
2349 $wgMemCachedTimeout = 500000;
2350
2351 /**
2352 * Set this to true to maintain a copy of the message cache on the local server.
2353 *
2354 * This layer of message cache is in addition to the one configured by $wgMessageCacheType.
2355 *
2356 * The local copy is put in APC. If APC is not installed, this setting does nothing.
2357 *
2358 * Note that this is about the message cache, which stores interface messages
2359 * maintained as wiki pages. This is separate from the localisation cache for interface
2360 * messages provided by the software, which is configured by $wgLocalisationCacheConf.
2361 */
2362 $wgUseLocalMessageCache = false;
2363
2364 /**
2365 * Instead of caching everything, only cache those messages which have
2366 * been customised in the site content language. This means that
2367 * MediaWiki:Foo/ja is ignored if MediaWiki:Foo doesn't exist.
2368 * This option is probably only useful for translatewiki.net.
2369 */
2370 $wgAdaptiveMessageCache = false;
2371
2372 /**
2373 * Localisation cache configuration. Associative array with keys:
2374 * class: The class to use. May be overridden by extensions.
2375 *
2376 * store: The location to store cache data. May be 'files', 'array', 'db' or
2377 * 'detect'. If set to "files", data will be in CDB files. If set
2378 * to "db", data will be stored to the database. If set to
2379 * "detect", files will be used if $wgCacheDirectory is set,
2380 * otherwise the database will be used.
2381 * "array" is an experimental option that uses PHP files that
2382 * store static arrays.
2383 *
2384 * storeClass: The class name for the underlying storage. If set to a class
2385 * name, it overrides the "store" setting.
2386 *
2387 * storeDirectory: If the store class puts its data in files, this is the
2388 * directory it will use. If this is false, $wgCacheDirectory
2389 * will be used.
2390 *
2391 * manualRecache: Set this to true to disable cache updates on web requests.
2392 * Use maintenance/rebuildLocalisationCache.php instead.
2393 */
2394 $wgLocalisationCacheConf = [
2395 'class' => 'LocalisationCache',
2396 'store' => 'detect',
2397 'storeClass' => false,
2398 'storeDirectory' => false,
2399 'manualRecache' => false,
2400 ];
2401
2402 /**
2403 * Allow client-side caching of pages
2404 */
2405 $wgCachePages = true;
2406
2407 /**
2408 * Set this to current time to invalidate all prior cached pages. Affects both
2409 * client-side and server-side caching.
2410 * You can get the current date on your server by using the command:
2411 * @verbatim
2412 * date +%Y%m%d%H%M%S
2413 * @endverbatim
2414 */
2415 $wgCacheEpoch = '20030516000000';
2416
2417 /**
2418 * Directory where GitInfo will look for pre-computed cache files. If false,
2419 * $wgCacheDirectory/gitinfo will be used.
2420 */
2421 $wgGitInfoCacheDirectory = false;
2422
2423 /**
2424 * Bump this number when changing the global style sheets and JavaScript.
2425 *
2426 * It should be appended in the query string of static CSS and JS includes,
2427 * to ensure that client-side caches do not keep obsolete copies of global
2428 * styles.
2429 */
2430 $wgStyleVersion = '303';
2431
2432 /**
2433 * This will cache static pages for non-logged-in users to reduce
2434 * database traffic on public sites. ResourceLoader requests to default
2435 * language and skins are cached as well as single module requests.
2436 */
2437 $wgUseFileCache = false;
2438
2439 /**
2440 * Depth of the subdirectory hierarchy to be created under
2441 * $wgFileCacheDirectory. The subdirectories will be named based on
2442 * the MD5 hash of the title. A value of 0 means all cache files will
2443 * be put directly into the main file cache directory.
2444 */
2445 $wgFileCacheDepth = 2;
2446
2447 /**
2448 * Kept for extension compatibility; see $wgParserCacheType
2449 * @deprecated 1.26
2450 */
2451 $wgEnableParserCache = true;
2452
2453 /**
2454 * Append a configured value to the parser cache and the sitenotice key so
2455 * that they can be kept separate for some class of activity.
2456 */
2457 $wgRenderHashAppend = '';
2458
2459 /**
2460 * If on, the sidebar navigation links are cached for users with the
2461 * current language set. This can save a touch of load on a busy site
2462 * by shaving off extra message lookups.
2463 *
2464 * However it is also fragile: changing the site configuration, or
2465 * having a variable $wgArticlePath, can produce broken links that
2466 * don't update as expected.
2467 */
2468 $wgEnableSidebarCache = false;
2469
2470 /**
2471 * Expiry time for the sidebar cache, in seconds
2472 */
2473 $wgSidebarCacheExpiry = 86400;
2474
2475 /**
2476 * When using the file cache, we can store the cached HTML gzipped to save disk
2477 * space. Pages will then also be served compressed to clients that support it.
2478 *
2479 * Requires zlib support enabled in PHP.
2480 */
2481 $wgUseGzip = false;
2482
2483 /**
2484 * Whether MediaWiki should send an ETag header. Seems to cause
2485 * broken behavior with Squid 2.6, see bug 7098.
2486 */
2487 $wgUseETag = false;
2488
2489 /**
2490 * Clock skew or the one-second resolution of time() can occasionally cause cache
2491 * problems when the user requests two pages within a short period of time. This
2492 * variable adds a given number of seconds to vulnerable timestamps, thereby giving
2493 * a grace period.
2494 */
2495 $wgClockSkewFudge = 5;
2496
2497 /**
2498 * Invalidate various caches when LocalSettings.php changes. This is equivalent
2499 * to setting $wgCacheEpoch to the modification time of LocalSettings.php, as
2500 * was previously done in the default LocalSettings.php file.
2501 *
2502 * On high-traffic wikis, this should be set to false, to avoid the need to
2503 * check the file modification time, and to avoid the performance impact of
2504 * unnecessary cache invalidations.
2505 */
2506 $wgInvalidateCacheOnLocalSettingsChange = true;
2507
2508 /**
2509 * When loading extensions through the extension registration system, this
2510 * can be used to invalidate the cache. A good idea would be to set this to
2511 * one file, you can just `touch` that one to invalidate the cache
2512 *
2513 * @par Example:
2514 * @code
2515 * $wgExtensionInfoMtime = filemtime( "$IP/LocalSettings.php" );
2516 * @endcode
2517 *
2518 * If set to false, the mtime for each individual JSON file will be checked,
2519 * which can be slow if a large number of extensions are being loaded.
2520 *
2521 * @var int|bool
2522 */
2523 $wgExtensionInfoMTime = false;
2524
2525 /** @} */ # end of cache settings
2526
2527 /************************************************************************//**
2528 * @name HTTP proxy (CDN) settings
2529 *
2530 * Many of these settings apply to any HTTP proxy used in front of MediaWiki,
2531 * although they are referred to as Squid settings for historical reasons.
2532 *
2533 * Achieving a high hit ratio with an HTTP proxy requires special
2534 * configuration. See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Squid_caching for
2535 * more details.
2536 *
2537 * @{
2538 */
2539
2540 /**
2541 * Enable/disable CDN.
2542 * See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Squid_caching
2543 */
2544 $wgUseSquid = false;
2545
2546 /**
2547 * If you run Squid3 with ESI support, enable this (default:false):
2548 */
2549 $wgUseESI = false;
2550
2551 /**
2552 * Send the Key HTTP header for better caching.
2553 * See https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/draft-fielding-http-key/ for details.
2554 * @since 1.27
2555 */
2556 $wgUseKeyHeader = false;
2557
2558 /**
2559 * Add X-Forwarded-Proto to the Vary and Key headers for API requests and
2560 * RSS/Atom feeds. Use this if you have an SSL termination setup
2561 * and need to split the cache between HTTP and HTTPS for API requests,
2562 * feed requests and HTTP redirect responses in order to prevent cache
2563 * pollution. This does not affect 'normal' requests to index.php other than
2564 * HTTP redirects.
2565 */
2566 $wgVaryOnXFP = false;
2567
2568 /**
2569 * Internal server name as known to CDN, if different.
2570 *
2571 * @par Example:
2572 * @code
2573 * $wgInternalServer = 'http://yourinternal.tld:8000';
2574 * @endcode
2575 */
2576 $wgInternalServer = false;
2577
2578 /**
2579 * Cache TTL for the CDN sent as s-maxage (without ESI) or
2580 * Surrogate-Control (with ESI). Without ESI, you should strip
2581 * out s-maxage in the CDN config.
2582 *
2583 * 18000 seconds = 5 hours, more cache hits with 2678400 = 31 days.
2584 */
2585 $wgSquidMaxage = 18000;
2586
2587 /**
2588 * Cache timeout for the CDN when DB slave lag is high
2589 * @see $wgSquidMaxage
2590 * @since 1.27
2591 */
2592 $wgCdnMaxageLagged = 30;
2593
2594 /**
2595 * If set, any SquidPurge call on a URL or URLs will send a second purge no less than
2596 * this many seconds later via the job queue. This requires delayed job support.
2597 * This should be safely higher than the 'max lag' value in $wgLBFactoryConf, so that
2598 * slave lag does not cause page to be stuck in stales states in CDN.
2599 *
2600 * This also fixes race conditions in two-tiered CDN setups (e.g. cdn2 => cdn1 => MediaWiki).
2601 * If a purge for a URL reaches cdn2 before cdn1 and a request reaches cdn2 for that URL,
2602 * it will populate the response from the stale cdn1 value. When cdn1 gets the purge, cdn2
2603 * will still be stale. If the rebound purge delay is safely higher than the time to relay
2604 * a purge to all nodes, then the rebound puge will clear cdn2 after cdn1 was cleared.
2605 *
2606 * @since 1.27
2607 */
2608 $wgCdnReboundPurgeDelay = 0;
2609
2610 /**
2611 * Cache timeout for the CDN when a response is known to be wrong or incomplete (due to load)
2612 * @see $wgSquidMaxage
2613 * @since 1.27
2614 */
2615 $wgCdnMaxageSubstitute = 60;
2616
2617 /**
2618 * Default maximum age for raw CSS/JS accesses
2619 *
2620 * 300 seconds = 5 minutes.
2621 */
2622 $wgForcedRawSMaxage = 300;
2623
2624 /**
2625 * List of proxy servers to purge on changes; default port is 80. Use IP addresses.
2626 *
2627 * When MediaWiki is running behind a proxy, it will trust X-Forwarded-For
2628 * headers sent/modified from these proxies when obtaining the remote IP address
2629 *
2630 * For a list of trusted servers which *aren't* purged, see $wgSquidServersNoPurge.
2631 */
2632 $wgSquidServers = [];
2633
2634 /**
2635 * As above, except these servers aren't purged on page changes; use to set a
2636 * list of trusted proxies, etc. Supports both individual IP addresses and
2637 * CIDR blocks.
2638 * @since 1.23 Supports CIDR ranges
2639 */
2640 $wgSquidServersNoPurge = [];
2641
2642 /**
2643 * Whether to use a Host header in purge requests sent to the proxy servers
2644 * configured in $wgSquidServers. Set this to false to support Squid
2645 * configured in forward-proxy mode.
2646 *
2647 * If this is set to true, a Host header will be sent, and only the path
2648 * component of the URL will appear on the request line, as if the request
2649 * were a non-proxy HTTP 1.1 request. Varnish only supports this style of
2650 * request. Squid supports this style of request only if reverse-proxy mode
2651 * (http_port ... accel) is enabled.
2652 *
2653 * If this is set to false, no Host header will be sent, and the absolute URL
2654 * will be sent in the request line, as is the standard for an HTTP proxy
2655 * request in both HTTP 1.0 and 1.1. This style of request is not supported
2656 * by Varnish, but is supported by Squid in either configuration (forward or
2657 * reverse).
2658 *
2659 * @since 1.21
2660 */
2661 $wgSquidPurgeUseHostHeader = true;
2662
2663 /**
2664 * Routing configuration for HTCP multicast purging. Add elements here to
2665 * enable HTCP and determine which purges are sent where. If set to an empty
2666 * array, HTCP is disabled.
2667 *
2668 * Each key in this array is a regular expression to match against the purged
2669 * URL, or an empty string to match all URLs. The purged URL is matched against
2670 * the regexes in the order specified, and the first rule whose regex matches
2671 * is used, all remaining rules will thus be ignored.
2672 *
2673 * @par Example configuration to send purges for upload.wikimedia.org to one
2674 * multicast group and all other purges to another:
2675 * @code
2676 * $wgHTCPRouting = array(
2677 * '|^https?://upload\.wikimedia\.org|' => array(
2678 * 'host' => '239.128.0.113',
2679 * 'port' => 4827,
2680 * ),
2681 * '' => array(
2682 * 'host' => '239.128.0.112',
2683 * 'port' => 4827,
2684 * ),
2685 * );
2686 * @endcode
2687 *
2688 * You can also pass an array of hosts to send purges too. This is useful when
2689 * you have several multicast groups or unicast address that should receive a
2690 * given purge. Multiple hosts support was introduced in MediaWiki 1.22.
2691 *
2692 * @par Example of sending purges to multiple hosts:
2693 * @code
2694 * $wgHTCPRouting = array(
2695 * '' => array(
2696 * // Purges to text caches using multicast
2697 * array( 'host' => '239.128.0.114', 'port' => '4827' ),
2698 * // Purges to a hardcoded list of caches
2699 * array( 'host' => '10.88.66.1', 'port' => '4827' ),
2700 * array( 'host' => '10.88.66.2', 'port' => '4827' ),
2701 * array( 'host' => '10.88.66.3', 'port' => '4827' ),
2702 * ),
2703 * );
2704 * @endcode
2705 *
2706 * @since 1.22
2707 *
2708 * $wgHTCPRouting replaces $wgHTCPMulticastRouting that was introduced in 1.20.
2709 * For back compatibility purposes, whenever its array is empty
2710 * $wgHTCPMutlicastRouting will be used as a fallback if it not null.
2711 *
2712 * @see $wgHTCPMulticastTTL
2713 */
2714 $wgHTCPRouting = [];
2715
2716 /**
2717 * HTCP multicast TTL.
2718 * @see $wgHTCPRouting
2719 */
2720 $wgHTCPMulticastTTL = 1;
2721
2722 /**
2723 * Should forwarded Private IPs be accepted?
2724 */
2725 $wgUsePrivateIPs = false;
2726
2727 /** @} */ # end of HTTP proxy settings
2728
2729 /************************************************************************//**
2730 * @name Language, regional and character encoding settings
2731 * @{
2732 */
2733
2734 /**
2735 * Site language code. See languages/data/Names.php for languages supported by
2736 * MediaWiki out of the box. Not all languages listed there have translations,
2737 * see languages/messages/ for the list of languages with some localisation.
2738 *
2739 * Warning: Don't use language codes listed in $wgDummyLanguageCodes like "no"
2740 * for Norwegian (use "nb" instead), or things will break unexpectedly.
2741 *
2742 * This defines the default interface language for all users, but users can
2743 * change it in their preferences.
2744 *
2745 * This also defines the language of pages in the wiki. The content is wrapped
2746 * in a html element with lang=XX attribute. This behavior can be overridden
2747 * via hooks, see Title::getPageLanguage.
2748 */
2749 $wgLanguageCode = 'en';
2750
2751 /**
2752 * Language cache size, or really how many languages can we handle
2753 * simultaneously without degrading to crawl speed.
2754 */
2755 $wgLangObjCacheSize = 10;
2756
2757 /**
2758 * Some languages need different word forms, usually for different cases.
2759 * Used in Language::convertGrammar().
2760 *
2761 * @par Example:
2762 * @code
2763 * $wgGrammarForms['en']['genitive']['car'] = 'car\'s';
2764 * @endcode
2765 */
2766 $wgGrammarForms = [];
2767
2768 /**
2769 * Treat language links as magic connectors, not inline links
2770 */
2771 $wgInterwikiMagic = true;
2772
2773 /**
2774 * Hide interlanguage links from the sidebar
2775 */
2776 $wgHideInterlanguageLinks = false;
2777
2778 /**
2779 * List of additional interwiki prefixes that should be treated as
2780 * interlanguage links (i.e. placed in the sidebar).
2781 * Notes:
2782 * - This will not do anything unless the prefixes are defined in the interwiki
2783 * map.
2784 * - The display text for these custom interlanguage links will be fetched from
2785 * the system message "interlanguage-link-xyz" where xyz is the prefix in
2786 * this array.
2787 * - A friendly name for each site, used for tooltip text, may optionally be
2788 * placed in the system message "interlanguage-link-sitename-xyz" where xyz is
2789 * the prefix in this array.
2790 */
2791 $wgExtraInterlanguageLinkPrefixes = [];
2792
2793 /**
2794 * List of language names or overrides for default names in Names.php
2795 */
2796 $wgExtraLanguageNames = [];
2797
2798 /**
2799 * List of language codes that don't correspond to an actual language.
2800 * These codes are mostly left-offs from renames, or other legacy things.
2801 * This array makes them not appear as a selectable language on the installer,
2802 * and excludes them when running the transstat.php script.
2803 */
2804 $wgDummyLanguageCodes = [
2805 'als' => 'gsw',
2806 'bat-smg' => 'sgs',
2807 'be-x-old' => 'be-tarask',
2808 'bh' => 'bho',
2809 'fiu-vro' => 'vro',
2810 'no' => 'nb',
2811 'qqq' => 'qqq', # Used for message documentation.
2812 'qqx' => 'qqx', # Used for viewing message keys.
2813 'roa-rup' => 'rup',
2814 'simple' => 'en',
2815 'zh-classical' => 'lzh',
2816 'zh-min-nan' => 'nan',
2817 'zh-yue' => 'yue',
2818 ];
2819
2820 /**
2821 * Character set for use in the article edit box. Language-specific encodings
2822 * may be defined.
2823 *
2824 * This historic feature is one of the first that was added by former MediaWiki
2825 * team leader Brion Vibber, and is used to support the Esperanto x-system.
2826 */
2827 $wgEditEncoding = '';
2828
2829 /**
2830 * Set this to true to replace Arabic presentation forms with their standard
2831 * forms in the U+0600-U+06FF block. This only works if $wgLanguageCode is
2832 * set to "ar".
2833 *
2834 * Note that pages with titles containing presentation forms will become
2835 * inaccessible, run maintenance/cleanupTitles.php to fix this.
2836 */
2837 $wgFixArabicUnicode = true;
2838
2839 /**
2840 * Set this to true to replace ZWJ-based chillu sequences in Malayalam text
2841 * with their Unicode 5.1 equivalents. This only works if $wgLanguageCode is
2842 * set to "ml". Note that some clients (even new clients as of 2010) do not
2843 * support these characters.
2844 *
2845 * If you enable this on an existing wiki, run maintenance/cleanupTitles.php to
2846 * fix any ZWJ sequences in existing page titles.
2847 */
2848 $wgFixMalayalamUnicode = true;
2849
2850 /**
2851 * Set this to always convert certain Unicode sequences to modern ones
2852 * regardless of the content language. This has a small performance
2853 * impact.
2854 *
2855 * See $wgFixArabicUnicode and $wgFixMalayalamUnicode for conversion
2856 * details.
2857 *
2858 * @since 1.17
2859 */
2860 $wgAllUnicodeFixes = false;
2861
2862 /**
2863 * Set this to eg 'ISO-8859-1' to perform character set conversion when
2864 * loading old revisions not marked with "utf-8" flag. Use this when
2865 * converting a wiki from MediaWiki 1.4 or earlier to UTF-8 without the
2866 * burdensome mass conversion of old text data.
2867 *
2868 * @note This DOES NOT touch any fields other than old_text. Titles, comments,
2869 * user names, etc still must be converted en masse in the database before
2870 * continuing as a UTF-8 wiki.
2871 */
2872 $wgLegacyEncoding = false;
2873
2874 /**
2875 * Browser Blacklist for unicode non compliant browsers. Contains a list of
2876 * regexps : "/regexp/" matching problematic browsers. These browsers will
2877 * be served encoded unicode in the edit box instead of real unicode.
2878 */
2879 $wgBrowserBlackList = [
2880 /**
2881 * Netscape 2-4 detection
2882 * The minor version may contain strings such as "Gold" or "SGoldC-SGI"
2883 * Lots of non-netscape user agents have "compatible", so it's useful to check for that
2884 * with a negative assertion. The [UIN] identifier specifies the level of security
2885 * in a Netscape/Mozilla browser, checking for it rules out a number of fakers.
2886 * The language string is unreliable, it is missing on NS4 Mac.
2887 *
2888 * Reference: http://www.psychedelix.com/agents/index.shtml
2889 */
2890 '/^Mozilla\/2\.[^ ]+ [^(]*?\((?!compatible).*; [UIN]/',
2891 '/^Mozilla\/3\.[^ ]+ [^(]*?\((?!compatible).*; [UIN]/',
2892 '/^Mozilla\/4\.[^ ]+ [^(]*?\((?!compatible).*; [UIN]/',
2893
2894 /**
2895 * MSIE on Mac OS 9 is teh sux0r, converts þ to <thorn>, ð to <eth>,
2896 * Þ to <THORN> and Ð to <ETH>
2897 *
2898 * Known useragents:
2899 * - Mozilla/4.0 (compatible; MSIE 5.0; Mac_PowerPC)
2900 * - Mozilla/4.0 (compatible; MSIE 5.15; Mac_PowerPC)
2901 * - Mozilla/4.0 (compatible; MSIE 5.23; Mac_PowerPC)
2902 * - [...]
2903 *
2904 * @link https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?diff=12356041&oldid=12355864
2905 * @link https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Template%3AOS9
2906 */
2907 '/^Mozilla\/4\.0 \(compatible; MSIE \d+\.\d+; Mac_PowerPC\)/',
2908
2909 /**
2910 * Google wireless transcoder, seems to eat a lot of chars alive
2911 * https://it.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Luciano_Ligabue&diff=prev&oldid=8857361
2912 */
2913 '/^Mozilla\/4\.0 \(compatible; MSIE 6.0; Windows NT 5.0; Google Wireless Transcoder;\)/'
2914 ];
2915
2916 /**
2917 * If set to true, the MediaWiki 1.4 to 1.5 schema conversion will
2918 * create stub reference rows in the text table instead of copying
2919 * the full text of all current entries from 'cur' to 'text'.
2920 *
2921 * This will speed up the conversion step for large sites, but
2922 * requires that the cur table be kept around for those revisions
2923 * to remain viewable.
2924 *
2925 * This option affects the updaters *only*. Any present cur stub
2926 * revisions will be readable at runtime regardless of this setting.
2927 */
2928 $wgLegacySchemaConversion = false;
2929
2930 /**
2931 * Enable dates like 'May 12' instead of '12 May', if the default date format
2932 * is 'dmy or mdy'.
2933 */
2934 $wgAmericanDates = false;
2935
2936 /**
2937 * For Hindi and Arabic use local numerals instead of Western style (0-9)
2938 * numerals in interface.
2939 */
2940 $wgTranslateNumerals = true;
2941
2942 /**
2943 * Translation using MediaWiki: namespace.
2944 * Interface messages will be loaded from the database.
2945 */
2946 $wgUseDatabaseMessages = true;
2947
2948 /**
2949 * Expiry time for the message cache key
2950 */
2951 $wgMsgCacheExpiry = 86400;
2952
2953 /**
2954 * Maximum entry size in the message cache, in bytes
2955 */
2956 $wgMaxMsgCacheEntrySize = 10000;
2957
2958 /**
2959 * Whether to enable language variant conversion.
2960 */
2961 $wgDisableLangConversion = false;
2962
2963 /**
2964 * Whether to enable language variant conversion for links.
2965 */
2966 $wgDisableTitleConversion = false;
2967
2968 /**
2969 * Default variant code, if false, the default will be the language code
2970 */
2971 $wgDefaultLanguageVariant = false;
2972
2973 /**
2974 * Disabled variants array of language variant conversion.
2975 *
2976 * @par Example:
2977 * @code
2978 * $wgDisabledVariants[] = 'zh-mo';
2979 * $wgDisabledVariants[] = 'zh-my';
2980 * @endcode
2981 */
2982 $wgDisabledVariants = [];
2983
2984 /**
2985 * Like $wgArticlePath, but on multi-variant wikis, this provides a
2986 * path format that describes which parts of the URL contain the
2987 * language variant.
2988 *
2989 * @par Example:
2990 * @code
2991 * $wgLanguageCode = 'sr';
2992 * $wgVariantArticlePath = '/$2/$1';
2993 * $wgArticlePath = '/wiki/$1';
2994 * @endcode
2995 *
2996 * A link to /wiki/ would be redirected to /sr/Главна_страна
2997 *
2998 * It is important that $wgArticlePath not overlap with possible values
2999 * of $wgVariantArticlePath.
3000 */
3001 $wgVariantArticlePath = false;
3002
3003 /**
3004 * Show a bar of language selection links in the user login and user
3005 * registration forms; edit the "loginlanguagelinks" message to
3006 * customise these.
3007 */
3008 $wgLoginLanguageSelector = false;
3009
3010 /**
3011 * When translating messages with wfMessage(), it is not always clear what
3012 * should be considered UI messages and what should be content messages.
3013 *
3014 * For example, for the English Wikipedia, there should be only one 'mainpage',
3015 * so when getting the link for 'mainpage', we should treat it as site content
3016 * and call ->inContentLanguage()->text(), but for rendering the text of the
3017 * link, we call ->text(). The code behaves this way by default. However,
3018 * sites like the Wikimedia Commons do offer different versions of 'mainpage'
3019 * and the like for different languages. This array provides a way to override
3020 * the default behavior.
3021 *
3022 * @par Example:
3023 * To allow language-specific main page and community
3024 * portal:
3025 * @code
3026 * $wgForceUIMsgAsContentMsg = array( 'mainpage', 'portal-url' );
3027 * @endcode
3028 */
3029 $wgForceUIMsgAsContentMsg = [];
3030
3031 /**
3032 * Fake out the timezone that the server thinks it's in. This will be used for
3033 * date display and not for what's stored in the DB. Leave to null to retain
3034 * your server's OS-based timezone value.
3035 *
3036 * This variable is currently used only for signature formatting and for local
3037 * time/date parser variables ({{LOCALTIME}} etc.)
3038 *
3039 * Timezones can be translated by editing MediaWiki messages of type
3040 * timezone-nameinlowercase like timezone-utc.
3041 *
3042 * A list of usable timezones can found at:
3043 * http://php.net/manual/en/timezones.php
3044 *
3045 * @par Examples:
3046 * @code
3047 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'UTC';
3048 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'GMT';
3049 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'PST8PDT';
3050 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'Europe/Sweden';
3051 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'CET';
3052 * @endcode
3053 */
3054 $wgLocaltimezone = null;
3055
3056 /**
3057 * Set an offset from UTC in minutes to use for the default timezone setting
3058 * for anonymous users and new user accounts.
3059 *
3060 * This setting is used for most date/time displays in the software, and is
3061 * overridable in user preferences. It is *not* used for signature timestamps.
3062 *
3063 * By default, this will be set to match $wgLocaltimezone.
3064 */
3065 $wgLocalTZoffset = null;
3066
3067 /** @} */ # End of language/charset settings
3068
3069 /*************************************************************************//**
3070 * @name Output format and skin settings
3071 * @{
3072 */
3073
3074 /**
3075 * The default Content-Type header.
3076 */
3077 $wgMimeType = 'text/html';
3078
3079 /**
3080 * Previously used as content type in HTML script tags. This is now ignored since
3081 * HTML5 doesn't require a MIME type for script tags (javascript is the default).
3082 * It was also previously used by RawAction to determine the ctype query parameter
3083 * value that will result in a javascript response.
3084 * @deprecated since 1.22
3085 */
3086 $wgJsMimeType = null;
3087
3088 /**
3089 * The default xmlns attribute. The option to define this has been removed.
3090 * The value of this variable is no longer used by core and is set to a fixed
3091 * value in Setup.php for compatibility with extensions that depend on the value
3092 * of this variable being set. Such a dependency however is deprecated.
3093 * @deprecated since 1.22
3094 */
3095 $wgXhtmlDefaultNamespace = null;
3096
3097 /**
3098 * Previously used to determine if we should output an HTML5 doctype.
3099 * This is no longer used as we always output HTML5 now. For compatibility with
3100 * extensions that still check the value of this config it's value is now forced
3101 * to true by Setup.php.
3102 * @deprecated since 1.22
3103 */
3104 $wgHtml5 = true;
3105
3106 /**
3107 * Defines the value of the version attribute in the &lt;html&gt; tag, if any.
3108 *
3109 * If your wiki uses RDFa, set it to the correct value for RDFa+HTML5.
3110 * Correct current values are 'HTML+RDFa 1.0' or 'XHTML+RDFa 1.0'.
3111 * See also http://www.w3.org/TR/rdfa-in-html/#document-conformance
3112 * @since 1.16
3113 */
3114 $wgHtml5Version = null;
3115
3116 /**
3117 * Temporary variable that allows HTMLForms to be rendered as tables.
3118 * Table based layouts cause various issues when designing for mobile.
3119 * This global allows skins or extensions a means to force non-table based rendering.
3120 * Setting to false forces form components to always render as div elements.
3121 * @since 1.24
3122 */
3123 $wgHTMLFormAllowTableFormat = true;
3124
3125 /**
3126 * Temporary variable that applies MediaWiki UI wherever it can be supported.
3127 * Temporary variable that should be removed when mediawiki ui is more
3128 * stable and change has been communicated.
3129 * @since 1.24
3130 */
3131 $wgUseMediaWikiUIEverywhere = false;
3132
3133 /**
3134 * Permit other namespaces in addition to the w3.org default.
3135 *
3136 * Use the prefix for the key and the namespace for the value.
3137 *
3138 * @par Example:
3139 * @code
3140 * $wgXhtmlNamespaces['svg'] = 'http://www.w3.org/2000/svg';
3141 * @endcode
3142 * Normally we wouldn't have to define this in the root "<html>"
3143 * element, but IE needs it there in some circumstances.
3144 *
3145 * This is ignored if $wgMimeType is set to a non-XML MIME type.
3146 */
3147 $wgXhtmlNamespaces = [];
3148
3149 /**
3150 * Site notice shown at the top of each page
3151 *
3152 * MediaWiki:Sitenotice page, which will override this. You can also
3153 * provide a separate message for logged-out users using the
3154 * MediaWiki:Anonnotice page.
3155 */
3156 $wgSiteNotice = '';
3157
3158 /**
3159 * If this is set, a "donate" link will appear in the sidebar. Set it to a URL.
3160 */
3161 $wgSiteSupportPage = '';
3162
3163 /**
3164 * Validate the overall output using tidy and refuse
3165 * to display the page if it's not valid.
3166 */
3167 $wgValidateAllHtml = false;
3168
3169 /**
3170 * Default skin, for new users and anonymous visitors. Registered users may
3171 * change this to any one of the other available skins in their preferences.
3172 */
3173 $wgDefaultSkin = 'vector';
3174
3175 /**
3176 * Fallback skin used when the skin defined by $wgDefaultSkin can't be found.
3177 *
3178 * @since 1.24
3179 */
3180 $wgFallbackSkin = 'fallback';
3181
3182 /**
3183 * Specify the names of skins that should not be presented in the list of
3184 * available skins in user preferences. If you want to remove a skin entirely,
3185 * remove it from the skins/ directory and its entry from LocalSettings.php.
3186 */
3187 $wgSkipSkins = [];
3188
3189 /**
3190 * @deprecated since 1.23; use $wgSkipSkins instead
3191 */
3192 $wgSkipSkin = '';
3193
3194 /**
3195 * Allow user Javascript page?
3196 * This enables a lot of neat customizations, but may
3197 * increase security risk to users and server load.
3198 */
3199 $wgAllowUserJs = false;
3200
3201 /**
3202 * Allow user Cascading Style Sheets (CSS)?
3203 * This enables a lot of neat customizations, but may
3204 * increase security risk to users and server load.
3205 */
3206 $wgAllowUserCss = false;
3207
3208 /**
3209 * Allow user-preferences implemented in CSS?
3210 * This allows users to customise the site appearance to a greater
3211 * degree; disabling it will improve page load times.
3212 */
3213 $wgAllowUserCssPrefs = true;
3214
3215 /**
3216 * Use the site's Javascript page?
3217 */
3218 $wgUseSiteJs = true;
3219
3220 /**
3221 * Use the site's Cascading Style Sheets (CSS)?
3222 */
3223 $wgUseSiteCss = true;
3224
3225 /**
3226 * Break out of framesets. This can be used to prevent clickjacking attacks,
3227 * or to prevent external sites from framing your site with ads.
3228 */
3229 $wgBreakFrames = false;
3230
3231 /**
3232 * The X-Frame-Options header to send on pages sensitive to clickjacking
3233 * attacks, such as edit pages. This prevents those pages from being displayed
3234 * in a frame or iframe. The options are:
3235 *
3236 * - 'DENY': Do not allow framing. This is recommended for most wikis.
3237 *
3238 * - 'SAMEORIGIN': Allow framing by pages on the same domain. This can be used
3239 * to allow framing within a trusted domain. This is insecure if there
3240 * is a page on the same domain which allows framing of arbitrary URLs.
3241 *
3242 * - false: Allow all framing. This opens up the wiki to XSS attacks and thus
3243 * full compromise of local user accounts. Private wikis behind a
3244 * corporate firewall are especially vulnerable. This is not
3245 * recommended.
3246 *
3247 * For extra safety, set $wgBreakFrames = true, to prevent framing on all pages,
3248 * not just edit pages.
3249 */
3250 $wgEditPageFrameOptions = 'DENY';
3251
3252 /**
3253 * Disallow framing of API pages directly, by setting the X-Frame-Options
3254 * header. Since the API returns CSRF tokens, allowing the results to be
3255 * framed can compromise your user's account security.
3256 * Options are:
3257 * - 'DENY': Do not allow framing. This is recommended for most wikis.
3258 * - 'SAMEORIGIN': Allow framing by pages on the same domain.
3259 * - false: Allow all framing.
3260 * Note: $wgBreakFrames will override this for human formatted API output.
3261 */
3262 $wgApiFrameOptions = 'DENY';
3263
3264 /**
3265 * Disable output compression (enabled by default if zlib is available)
3266 */
3267 $wgDisableOutputCompression = false;
3268
3269 /**
3270 * Should we allow a broader set of characters in id attributes, per HTML5? If
3271 * not, use only HTML 4-compatible IDs. This option is for testing -- when the
3272 * functionality is ready, it will be on by default with no option.
3273 *
3274 * Currently this appears to work fine in all browsers, but it's disabled by
3275 * default because it normalizes id's a bit too aggressively, breaking preexisting
3276 * content (particularly Cite). See bug 27733, bug 27694, bug 27474.
3277 */
3278 $wgExperimentalHtmlIds = false;
3279
3280 /**
3281 * Abstract list of footer icons for skins in place of old copyrightico and poweredbyico code
3282 * You can add new icons to the built in copyright or poweredby, or you can create
3283 * a new block. Though note that you may need to add some custom css to get good styling
3284 * of new blocks in monobook. vector and modern should work without any special css.
3285 *
3286 * $wgFooterIcons itself is a key/value array.
3287 * The key is the name of a block that the icons will be wrapped in. The final id varies
3288 * by skin; Monobook and Vector will turn poweredby into f-poweredbyico while Modern
3289 * turns it into mw_poweredby.
3290 * The value is either key/value array of icons or a string.
3291 * In the key/value array the key may or may not be used by the skin but it can
3292 * be used to find the icon and unset it or change the icon if needed.
3293 * This is useful for disabling icons that are set by extensions.
3294 * The value should be either a string or an array. If it is a string it will be output
3295 * directly as html, however some skins may choose to ignore it. An array is the preferred format
3296 * for the icon, the following keys are used:
3297 * - src: An absolute url to the image to use for the icon, this is recommended
3298 * but not required, however some skins will ignore icons without an image
3299 * - srcset: optional additional-resolution images; see HTML5 specs
3300 * - url: The url to use in the a element around the text or icon, if not set an a element will
3301 * not be outputted
3302 * - alt: This is the text form of the icon, it will be displayed without an image in
3303 * skins like Modern or if src is not set, and will otherwise be used as
3304 * the alt="" for the image. This key is required.
3305 * - width and height: If the icon specified by src is not of the standard size
3306 * you can specify the size of image to use with these keys.
3307 * Otherwise they will default to the standard 88x31.
3308 * @todo Reformat documentation.
3309 */
3310 $wgFooterIcons = [
3311 "copyright" => [
3312 "copyright" => [], // placeholder for the built in copyright icon
3313 ],
3314 "poweredby" => [
3315 "mediawiki" => [
3316 // Defaults to point at
3317 // "$wgResourceBasePath/resources/assets/poweredby_mediawiki_88x31.png"
3318 // plus srcset for 1.5x, 2x resolution variants.
3319 "src" => null,
3320 "url" => "//www.mediawiki.org/",
3321 "alt" => "Powered by MediaWiki",
3322 ]
3323 ],
3324 ];
3325
3326 /**
3327 * Login / create account link behavior when it's possible for anonymous users
3328 * to create an account.
3329 * - true = use a combined login / create account link
3330 * - false = split login and create account into two separate links
3331 */
3332 $wgUseCombinedLoginLink = false;
3333
3334 /**
3335 * Display user edit counts in various prominent places.
3336 */
3337 $wgEdititis = false;
3338
3339 /**
3340 * Some web hosts attempt to rewrite all responses with a 404 (not found)
3341 * status code, mangling or hiding MediaWiki's output. If you are using such a
3342 * host, you should start looking for a better one. While you're doing that,
3343 * set this to false to convert some of MediaWiki's 404 responses to 200 so
3344 * that the generated error pages can be seen.
3345 *
3346 * In cases where for technical reasons it is more important for MediaWiki to
3347 * send the correct status code than for the body to be transmitted intact,
3348 * this configuration variable is ignored.
3349 */
3350 $wgSend404Code = true;
3351
3352 /**
3353 * The $wgShowRollbackEditCount variable is used to show how many edits can be rolled back.
3354 * The numeric value of the variable controls how many edits MediaWiki will look back to
3355 * determine whether a rollback is allowed (by checking that they are all from the same author).
3356 * If the value is false or 0, the edits are not counted. Disabling this will prevent MediaWiki
3357 * from hiding some useless rollback links.
3358 *
3359 * @since 1.20
3360 */
3361 $wgShowRollbackEditCount = 10;
3362
3363 /**
3364 * Output a <link rel="canonical"> tag on every page indicating the canonical
3365 * server which should be used, i.e. $wgServer or $wgCanonicalServer. Since
3366 * detection of the current server is unreliable, the link is sent
3367 * unconditionally.
3368 */
3369 $wgEnableCanonicalServerLink = false;
3370
3371 /**
3372 * When OutputHandler is used, mangle any output that contains
3373 * <cross-domain-policy>. Without this, an attacker can send their own
3374 * cross-domain policy unless it is prevented by the crossdomain.xml file at
3375 * the domain root.
3376 *
3377 * @since 1.25
3378 */
3379 $wgMangleFlashPolicy = true;
3380
3381 /** @} */ # End of output format settings }
3382
3383 /*************************************************************************//**
3384 * @name ResourceLoader settings
3385 * @{
3386 */
3387
3388 /**
3389 * Client-side resource modules.
3390 *
3391 * Extensions should add their ResourceLoader module definitions
3392 * to the $wgResourceModules variable.
3393 *
3394 * @par Example:
3395 * @code
3396 * $wgResourceModules['ext.myExtension'] = array(
3397 * 'scripts' => 'myExtension.js',
3398 * 'styles' => 'myExtension.css',
3399 * 'dependencies' => array( 'jquery.cookie', 'jquery.tabIndex' ),
3400 * 'localBasePath' => __DIR__,
3401 * 'remoteExtPath' => 'MyExtension',
3402 * );
3403 * @endcode
3404 */
3405 $wgResourceModules = [];
3406
3407 /**
3408 * Skin-specific styles for resource modules.
3409 *
3410 * These are later added to the 'skinStyles' list of the existing module. The 'styles' list can
3411 * not be modified or disabled.
3412 *
3413 * For example, here is a module "bar" and how skin Foo would provide additional styles for it.
3414 *
3415 * @par Example:
3416 * @code
3417 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = array(
3418 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3419 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/main.css',
3420 * );
3421 *
3422 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = array(
3423 * 'bar' => 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3424 * );
3425 * @endcode
3426 *
3427 * This is mostly equivalent to:
3428 *
3429 * @par Equivalent:
3430 * @code
3431 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = array(
3432 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3433 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/main.css',
3434 * 'skinStyles' => array(
3435 * 'foo' => skins/Foo/bar.css',
3436 * ),
3437 * );
3438 * @endcode
3439 *
3440 * If the module already defines its own entry in `skinStyles` for a given skin, then
3441 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles is ignored.
3442 *
3443 * If a module defines a `skinStyles['default']` the skin may want to extend that instead
3444 * of replacing them. This can be done using the `+` prefix.
3445 *
3446 * @par Example:
3447 * @code
3448 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = array(
3449 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3450 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/basic.css',
3451 * 'skinStyles' => array(
3452 * 'default' => 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3453 * ),
3454 * );
3455 * // Note the '+' character:
3456 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = array(
3457 * '+bar' => 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3458 * );
3459 * @endcode
3460 *
3461 * This is mostly equivalent to:
3462 *
3463 * @par Equivalent:
3464 * @code
3465 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = array(
3466 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3467 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/basic.css',
3468 * 'skinStyles' => array(
3469 * 'default' => 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3470 * 'foo' => array(
3471 * 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3472 * 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3473 * ),
3474 * ),
3475 * );
3476 * @endcode
3477 *
3478 * In other words, as a module author, use the `styles` list for stylesheets that may not be
3479 * disabled by a skin. To provide default styles that may be extended or replaced,
3480 * use `skinStyles['default']`.
3481 *
3482 * As with $wgResourceModules, paths default to being relative to the MediaWiki root.
3483 * You should always provide a localBasePath and remoteBasePath (or remoteExtPath/remoteSkinPath).
3484 *
3485 * @par Example:
3486 * @code
3487 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = array(
3488 * 'bar' => 'bar.css',
3489 * 'quux' => 'quux.css',
3490 * 'remoteSkinPath' => 'Foo',
3491 * 'localBasePath' => __DIR__,
3492 * );
3493 * @endcode
3494 */
3495 $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles = [];
3496
3497 /**
3498 * Extensions should register foreign module sources here. 'local' is a
3499 * built-in source that is not in this array, but defined by
3500 * ResourceLoader::__construct() so that it cannot be unset.
3501 *
3502 * @par Example:
3503 * @code
3504 * $wgResourceLoaderSources['foo'] = 'http://example.org/w/load.php';
3505 * @endcode
3506 */
3507 $wgResourceLoaderSources = [];
3508
3509 /**
3510 * The default 'remoteBasePath' value for instances of ResourceLoaderFileModule.
3511 * Defaults to $wgScriptPath.
3512 */
3513 $wgResourceBasePath = null;
3514
3515 /**
3516 * Maximum time in seconds to cache resources served by ResourceLoader.
3517 * Used to set last modified headers (max-age/s-maxage).
3518 *
3519 * Following options to distinguish:
3520 * - versioned: Used for modules with a version, because changing version
3521 * numbers causes cache misses. This normally has a long expiry time.
3522 * - unversioned: Used for modules without a version to propagate changes
3523 * quickly to clients. Also used for modules with errors to recover quickly.
3524 * This normally has a short expiry time.
3525 *
3526 * Expiry time for the options to distinguish:
3527 * - server: Squid/Varnish but also any other public proxy cache between the
3528 * client and MediaWiki.
3529 * - client: On the client side (e.g. in the browser cache).
3530 */
3531 $wgResourceLoaderMaxage = [
3532 'versioned' => [
3533 'server' => 30 * 24 * 60 * 60, // 30 days
3534 'client' => 30 * 24 * 60 * 60, // 30 days
3535 ],
3536 'unversioned' => [
3537 'server' => 5 * 60, // 5 minutes
3538 'client' => 5 * 60, // 5 minutes
3539 ],
3540 ];
3541
3542 /**
3543 * The default debug mode (on/off) for of ResourceLoader requests.
3544 *
3545 * This will still be overridden when the debug URL parameter is used.
3546 */
3547 $wgResourceLoaderDebug = false;
3548
3549 /**
3550 * Put each statement on its own line when minifying JavaScript. This makes
3551 * debugging in non-debug mode a bit easier.
3552 *
3553 * @deprecated since 1.27: Always false; no longer configurable.
3554 */
3555 $wgResourceLoaderMinifierStatementsOnOwnLine = false;
3556
3557 /**
3558 * Maximum line length when minifying JavaScript. This is not a hard maximum:
3559 * the minifier will try not to produce lines longer than this, but may be
3560 * forced to do so in certain cases.
3561 *
3562 * @deprecated since 1.27: Always 1,000; no longer configurable.
3563 */
3564 $wgResourceLoaderMinifierMaxLineLength = 1000;
3565
3566 /**
3567 * Whether to ensure the mediawiki.legacy library is loaded before other modules.
3568 *
3569 * @deprecated since 1.26: Always declare dependencies.
3570 */
3571 $wgIncludeLegacyJavaScript = false;
3572
3573 /**
3574 * Whether or not to assign configuration variables to the global window object.
3575 *
3576 * If this is set to false, old code using deprecated variables will no longer
3577 * work.
3578 *
3579 * @par Example of legacy code:
3580 * @code{,js}
3581 * if ( window.wgRestrictionEdit ) { ... }
3582 * @endcode
3583 * or:
3584 * @code{,js}
3585 * if ( wgIsArticle ) { ... }
3586 * @endcode
3587 *
3588 * Instead, one needs to use mw.config.
3589 * @par Example using mw.config global configuration:
3590 * @code{,js}
3591 * if ( mw.config.exists('wgRestrictionEdit') ) { ... }
3592 * @endcode
3593 * or:
3594 * @code{,js}
3595 * if ( mw.config.get('wgIsArticle') ) { ... }
3596 * @endcode
3597 */
3598 $wgLegacyJavaScriptGlobals = true;
3599
3600 /**
3601 * If set to a positive number, ResourceLoader will not generate URLs whose
3602 * query string is more than this many characters long, and will instead use
3603 * multiple requests with shorter query strings. This degrades performance,
3604 * but may be needed if your web server has a low (less than, say 1024)
3605 * query string length limit or a low value for suhosin.get.max_value_length
3606 * that you can't increase.
3607 *
3608 * If set to a negative number, ResourceLoader will assume there is no query
3609 * string length limit.
3610 *
3611 * Defaults to a value based on php configuration.
3612 */
3613 $wgResourceLoaderMaxQueryLength = false;
3614
3615 /**
3616 * If set to true, JavaScript modules loaded from wiki pages will be parsed
3617 * prior to minification to validate it.
3618 *
3619 * Parse errors will result in a JS exception being thrown during module load,
3620 * which avoids breaking other modules loaded in the same request.
3621 */
3622 $wgResourceLoaderValidateJS = true;
3623
3624 /**
3625 * If set to true, statically-sourced (file-backed) JavaScript resources will
3626 * be parsed for validity before being bundled up into ResourceLoader modules.
3627 *
3628 * This can be helpful for development by providing better error messages in
3629 * default (non-debug) mode, but JavaScript parsing is slow and memory hungry
3630 * and may fail on large pre-bundled frameworks.
3631 */
3632 $wgResourceLoaderValidateStaticJS = false;
3633
3634 /**
3635 * Global LESS variables. An associative array binding variable names to
3636 * LESS code snippets representing their values.
3637 *
3638 * Adding an item here is equivalent to writing `@variable: value;`
3639 * at the beginning of all your .less files, with all the consequences.
3640 * In particular, string values must be escaped and quoted.
3641 *
3642 * Changes to LESS variables do not trigger cache invalidation.
3643 *
3644 * If the LESS variables need to be dynamic, you can use the
3645 * ResourceLoaderGetLessVars hook (since 1.25).
3646 *
3647 * @par Example:
3648 * @code
3649 * $wgResourceLoaderLESSVars = array(
3650 * 'baseFontSize' => '1em',
3651 * 'smallFontSize' => '0.75em',
3652 * 'WikimediaBlue' => '#006699',
3653 * );
3654 * @endcode
3655 * @since 1.22
3656 */
3657 $wgResourceLoaderLESSVars = [
3658 /**
3659 * Minimum available screen width at which a device can be considered a tablet/desktop
3660 * The number is currently based on the device width of a Samsung Galaxy S5 mini and is low
3661 * enough to cover iPad (768px). Number is prone to change with new information.
3662 * @since 1.27
3663 */
3664 'deviceWidthTablet' => '720px',
3665 ];
3666
3667 /**
3668 * Default import paths for LESS modules. LESS files referenced in @import
3669 * statements will be looked up here first, and relative to the importing file
3670 * second. To avoid collisions, it's important for the LESS files in these
3671 * directories to have a common, predictable file name prefix.
3672 *
3673 * Extensions need not (and should not) register paths in
3674 * $wgResourceLoaderLESSImportPaths. The import path includes the path of the
3675 * currently compiling LESS file, which allows each extension to freely import
3676 * files from its own tree.
3677 *
3678 * @since 1.22
3679 */
3680 $wgResourceLoaderLESSImportPaths = [
3681 "$IP/resources/src/mediawiki.less/",
3682 ];
3683
3684 /**
3685 * Whether ResourceLoader should attempt to persist modules in localStorage on
3686 * browsers that support the Web Storage API.
3687 *
3688 * @since 1.23 - Client-side module persistence is experimental. Exercise care.
3689 */
3690 $wgResourceLoaderStorageEnabled = false;
3691
3692 /**
3693 * Cache version for client-side ResourceLoader module storage. You can trigger
3694 * invalidation of the contents of the module store by incrementing this value.
3695 *
3696 * @since 1.23
3697 */
3698 $wgResourceLoaderStorageVersion = 1;
3699
3700 /**
3701 * Whether to allow site-wide CSS (MediaWiki:Common.css and friends) on
3702 * restricted pages like Special:UserLogin or Special:Preferences where
3703 * JavaScript is disabled for security reasons. As it is possible to
3704 * execute JavaScript through CSS, setting this to true opens up a
3705 * potential security hole. Some sites may "skin" their wiki by using
3706 * site-wide CSS, causing restricted pages to look unstyled and different
3707 * from the rest of the site.
3708 *
3709 * @since 1.25
3710 */
3711 $wgAllowSiteCSSOnRestrictedPages = false;
3712
3713 /** @} */ # End of ResourceLoader settings }
3714
3715 /*************************************************************************//**
3716 * @name Page title and interwiki link settings
3717 * @{
3718 */
3719
3720 /**
3721 * Name of the project namespace. If left set to false, $wgSitename will be
3722 * used instead.
3723 */
3724 $wgMetaNamespace = false;
3725
3726 /**
3727 * Name of the project talk namespace.
3728 *
3729 * Normally you can ignore this and it will be something like
3730 * $wgMetaNamespace . "_talk". In some languages, you may want to set this
3731 * manually for grammatical reasons.
3732 */
3733 $wgMetaNamespaceTalk = false;
3734
3735 /**
3736 * Additional namespaces. If the namespaces defined in Language.php and
3737 * Namespace.php are insufficient, you can create new ones here, for example,
3738 * to import Help files in other languages. You can also override the namespace
3739 * names of existing namespaces. Extensions should use the CanonicalNamespaces
3740 * hook or extension.json.
3741 *
3742 * @warning Once you delete a namespace, the pages in that namespace will
3743 * no longer be accessible. If you rename it, then you can access them through
3744 * the new namespace name.
3745 *
3746 * Custom namespaces should start at 100 to avoid conflicting with standard
3747 * namespaces, and should always follow the even/odd main/talk pattern.
3748 *
3749 * @par Example:
3750 * @code
3751 * $wgExtraNamespaces = array(
3752 * 100 => "Hilfe",
3753 * 101 => "Hilfe_Diskussion",
3754 * 102 => "Aide",
3755 * 103 => "Discussion_Aide"
3756 * );
3757 * @endcode
3758 *
3759 * @todo Add a note about maintenance/namespaceDupes.php
3760 */
3761 $wgExtraNamespaces = [];
3762
3763 /**
3764 * Same as above, but for namespaces with gender distinction.
3765 * Note: the default form for the namespace should also be set
3766 * using $wgExtraNamespaces for the same index.
3767 * @since 1.18
3768 */
3769 $wgExtraGenderNamespaces = [];
3770
3771 /**
3772 * Namespace aliases.
3773 *
3774 * These are alternate names for the primary localised namespace names, which
3775 * are defined by $wgExtraNamespaces and the language file. If a page is
3776 * requested with such a prefix, the request will be redirected to the primary
3777 * name.
3778 *
3779 * Set this to a map from namespace names to IDs.
3780 *
3781 * @par Example:
3782 * @code
3783 * $wgNamespaceAliases = array(
3784 * 'Wikipedian' => NS_USER,
3785 * 'Help' => 100,
3786 * );
3787 * @endcode
3788 */
3789 $wgNamespaceAliases = [];
3790
3791 /**
3792 * Allowed title characters -- regex character class
3793 * Don't change this unless you know what you're doing
3794 *
3795 * Problematic punctuation:
3796 * - []{}|# Are needed for link syntax, never enable these
3797 * - <> Causes problems with HTML escaping, don't use
3798 * - % Enabled by default, minor problems with path to query rewrite rules, see below
3799 * - + Enabled by default, but doesn't work with path to query rewrite rules,
3800 * corrupted by apache
3801 * - ? Enabled by default, but doesn't work with path to PATH_INFO rewrites
3802 *
3803 * All three of these punctuation problems can be avoided by using an alias,
3804 * instead of a rewrite rule of either variety.
3805 *
3806 * The problem with % is that when using a path to query rewrite rule, URLs are
3807 * double-unescaped: once by Apache's path conversion code, and again by PHP. So
3808 * %253F, for example, becomes "?". Our code does not double-escape to compensate
3809 * for this, indeed double escaping would break if the double-escaped title was
3810 * passed in the query string rather than the path. This is a minor security issue
3811 * because articles can be created such that they are hard to view or edit.
3812 *
3813 * In some rare cases you may wish to remove + for compatibility with old links.
3814 *
3815 * Theoretically 0x80-0x9F of ISO 8859-1 should be disallowed, but
3816 * this breaks interlanguage links
3817 */
3818 $wgLegalTitleChars = " %!\"$&'()*,\\-.\\/0-9:;=?@A-Z\\\\^_`a-z~\\x80-\\xFF+";
3819
3820 /**
3821 * The interwiki prefix of the current wiki, or false if it doesn't have one.
3822 *
3823 * @deprecated since 1.23; use $wgLocalInterwikis instead
3824 */
3825 $wgLocalInterwiki = false;
3826
3827 /**
3828 * Array for multiple $wgLocalInterwiki values, in case there are several
3829 * interwiki prefixes that point to the current wiki. If $wgLocalInterwiki is
3830 * set, its value is prepended to this array, for backwards compatibility.
3831 *
3832 * Note, recent changes feeds use only the first entry in this array (or
3833 * $wgLocalInterwiki, if it is set). See $wgRCFeeds
3834 */
3835 $wgLocalInterwikis = [];
3836
3837 /**
3838 * Expiry time for cache of interwiki table
3839 */
3840 $wgInterwikiExpiry = 10800;
3841
3842 /**
3843 * @name Interwiki caching settings.
3844 * @{
3845 */
3846
3847 /**
3848 * Interwiki cache, either as an associative array or a path to a constant
3849 * database (.cdb) file.
3850 *
3851 * This data structure database is generated by the `dumpInterwiki` maintenance
3852 * script (which lives in the WikimediaMaintenance repository) and has key
3853 * formats such as the following:
3854 *
3855 * - dbname:key - a simple key (e.g. enwiki:meta)
3856 * - _sitename:key - site-scope key (e.g. wiktionary:meta)
3857 * - __global:key - global-scope key (e.g. __global:meta)
3858 * - __sites:dbname - site mapping (e.g. __sites:enwiki)
3859 *
3860 * Sites mapping just specifies site name, other keys provide "local url"
3861 * data layout.
3862 *
3863 * @var bool|array|string
3864 */
3865 $wgInterwikiCache = false;
3866
3867 /**
3868 * Specify number of domains to check for messages.
3869 * - 1: Just wiki(db)-level
3870 * - 2: wiki and global levels
3871 * - 3: site levels
3872 */
3873 $wgInterwikiScopes = 3;
3874
3875 /**
3876 * Fallback site, if unable to resolve from cache
3877 */
3878 $wgInterwikiFallbackSite = 'wiki';
3879
3880 /** @} */ # end of Interwiki caching settings.
3881
3882 /**
3883 * @name SiteStore caching settings.
3884 * @{
3885 */
3886
3887 /**
3888 * Specify the file location for the Sites json cache file.
3889 */
3890 $wgSitesCacheFile = false;
3891
3892 /** @} */ # end of SiteStore caching settings.
3893
3894 /**
3895 * If local interwikis are set up which allow redirects,
3896 * set this regexp to restrict URLs which will be displayed
3897 * as 'redirected from' links.
3898 *
3899 * @par Example:
3900 * It might look something like this:
3901 * @code
3902 * $wgRedirectSources = '!^https?://[a-z-]+\.wikipedia\.org/!';
3903 * @endcode
3904 *
3905 * Leave at false to avoid displaying any incoming redirect markers.
3906 * This does not affect intra-wiki redirects, which don't change
3907 * the URL.
3908 */
3909 $wgRedirectSources = false;
3910
3911 /**
3912 * Set this to false to avoid forcing the first letter of links to capitals.
3913 *
3914 * @warning may break links! This makes links COMPLETELY case-sensitive. Links
3915 * appearing with a capital at the beginning of a sentence will *not* go to the
3916 * same place as links in the middle of a sentence using a lowercase initial.
3917 */
3918 $wgCapitalLinks = true;
3919
3920 /**
3921 * @since 1.16 - This can now be set per-namespace. Some special namespaces (such
3922 * as Special, see MWNamespace::$alwaysCapitalizedNamespaces for the full list) must be
3923 * true by default (and setting them has no effect), due to various things that
3924 * require them to be so. Also, since Talk namespaces need to directly mirror their
3925 * associated content namespaces, the values for those are ignored in favor of the
3926 * subject namespace's setting. Setting for NS_MEDIA is taken automatically from
3927 * NS_FILE.
3928 *
3929 * @par Example:
3930 * @code
3931 * $wgCapitalLinkOverrides[ NS_FILE ] = false;
3932 * @endcode
3933 */
3934 $wgCapitalLinkOverrides = [];
3935
3936 /**
3937 * Which namespaces should support subpages?
3938 * See Language.php for a list of namespaces.
3939 */
3940 $wgNamespacesWithSubpages = [
3941 NS_TALK => true,
3942 NS_USER => true,
3943 NS_USER_TALK => true,
3944 NS_PROJECT => true,
3945 NS_PROJECT_TALK => true,
3946 NS_FILE_TALK => true,
3947 NS_MEDIAWIKI => true,
3948 NS_MEDIAWIKI_TALK => true,
3949 NS_TEMPLATE_TALK => true,
3950 NS_HELP => true,
3951 NS_HELP_TALK => true,
3952 NS_CATEGORY_TALK => true
3953 ];
3954
3955 /**
3956 * Array holding default tracking category names.
3957 *
3958 * Array contains the system messages for each tracking category.
3959 * Tracking categories allow pages with certain characteristics to be tracked.
3960 * It works by adding any such page to a category automatically.
3961 *
3962 * A message with the suffix '-desc' should be added as a description message
3963 * to have extra information on Special:TrackingCategories.
3964 *
3965 * @deprecated since 1.25 Extensions should now register tracking categories using
3966 * the new extension registration system.
3967 *
3968 * @since 1.23
3969 */
3970 $wgTrackingCategories = [];
3971
3972 /**
3973 * Array of namespaces which can be deemed to contain valid "content", as far
3974 * as the site statistics are concerned. Useful if additional namespaces also
3975 * contain "content" which should be considered when generating a count of the
3976 * number of articles in the wiki.
3977 */
3978 $wgContentNamespaces = [ NS_MAIN ];
3979
3980 /**
3981 * Array of namespaces, in addition to the talk namespaces, where signatures
3982 * (~~~~) are likely to be used. This determines whether to display the
3983 * Signature button on the edit toolbar, and may also be used by extensions.
3984 * For example, "traditional" style wikis, where content and discussion are
3985 * intermixed, could place NS_MAIN and NS_PROJECT namespaces in this array.
3986 */
3987 $wgExtraSignatureNamespaces = [];
3988
3989 /**
3990 * Max number of redirects to follow when resolving redirects.
3991 * 1 means only the first redirect is followed (default behavior).
3992 * 0 or less means no redirects are followed.
3993 */
3994 $wgMaxRedirects = 1;
3995
3996 /**
3997 * Array of invalid page redirect targets.
3998 * Attempting to create a redirect to any of the pages in this array
3999 * will make the redirect fail.
4000 * Userlogout is hard-coded, so it does not need to be listed here.
4001 * (bug 10569) Disallow Mypage and Mytalk as well.
4002 *
4003 * As of now, this only checks special pages. Redirects to pages in
4004 * other namespaces cannot be invalidated by this variable.
4005 */
4006 $wgInvalidRedirectTargets = [ 'Filepath', 'Mypage', 'Mytalk', 'Redirect' ];
4007
4008 /** @} */ # End of title and interwiki settings }
4009
4010 /************************************************************************//**
4011 * @name Parser settings
4012 * These settings configure the transformation from wikitext to HTML.
4013 * @{
4014 */
4015
4016 /**
4017 * Parser configuration. Associative array with the following members:
4018 *
4019 * class The class name
4020 *
4021 * preprocessorClass The preprocessor class. Two classes are currently available:
4022 * Preprocessor_Hash, which uses plain PHP arrays for temporary
4023 * storage, and Preprocessor_DOM, which uses the DOM module for
4024 * temporary storage. Preprocessor_DOM generally uses less memory;
4025 * the speed of the two is roughly the same.
4026 *
4027 * If this parameter is not given, it uses Preprocessor_DOM if the
4028 * DOM module is available, otherwise it uses Preprocessor_Hash.
4029 *
4030 * The entire associative array will be passed through to the constructor as
4031 * the first parameter. Note that only Setup.php can use this variable --
4032 * the configuration will change at runtime via $wgParser member functions, so
4033 * the contents of this variable will be out-of-date. The variable can only be
4034 * changed during LocalSettings.php, in particular, it can't be changed during
4035 * an extension setup function.
4036 */
4037 $wgParserConf = [
4038 'class' => 'Parser',
4039 # 'preprocessorClass' => 'Preprocessor_Hash',
4040 ];
4041
4042 /**
4043 * Maximum indent level of toc.
4044 */
4045 $wgMaxTocLevel = 999;
4046
4047 /**
4048 * A complexity limit on template expansion: the maximum number of nodes visited
4049 * by PPFrame::expand()
4050 */
4051 $wgMaxPPNodeCount = 1000000;
4052
4053 /**
4054 * A complexity limit on template expansion: the maximum number of elements
4055 * generated by Preprocessor::preprocessToObj(). This allows you to limit the
4056 * amount of memory used by the Preprocessor_DOM node cache: testing indicates
4057 * that each element uses about 160 bytes of memory on a 64-bit processor, so
4058 * this default corresponds to about 155 MB.
4059 *
4060 * When the limit is exceeded, an exception is thrown.
4061 */
4062 $wgMaxGeneratedPPNodeCount = 1000000;
4063
4064 /**
4065 * Maximum recursion depth for templates within templates.
4066 * The current parser adds two levels to the PHP call stack for each template,
4067 * and xdebug limits the call stack to 100 by default. So this should hopefully
4068 * stop the parser before it hits the xdebug limit.
4069 */
4070 $wgMaxTemplateDepth = 40;
4071
4072 /**
4073 * @see $wgMaxTemplateDepth
4074 */
4075 $wgMaxPPExpandDepth = 40;
4076
4077 /**
4078 * URL schemes that should be recognized as valid by wfParseUrl().
4079 *
4080 * WARNING: Do not add 'file:' to this or internal file links will be broken.
4081 * Instead, if you want to support file links, add 'file://'. The same applies
4082 * to any other protocols with the same name as a namespace. See bug #44011 for
4083 * more information.
4084 *
4085 * @see wfParseUrl
4086 */
4087 $wgUrlProtocols = [
4088 'bitcoin:', 'ftp://', 'ftps://', 'geo:', 'git://', 'gopher://', 'http://',
4089 'https://', 'irc://', 'ircs://', 'magnet:', 'mailto:', 'mms://', 'news:',
4090 'nntp://', 'redis://', 'sftp://', 'sip:', 'sips:', 'sms:', 'ssh://',
4091 'svn://', 'tel:', 'telnet://', 'urn:', 'worldwind://', 'xmpp:', '//'
4092 ];
4093
4094 /**
4095 * If true, removes (by substituting) templates in signatures.
4096 */
4097 $wgCleanSignatures = true;
4098
4099 /**
4100 * Whether to allow inline image pointing to other websites
4101 */
4102 $wgAllowExternalImages = false;
4103
4104 /**
4105 * If the above is false, you can specify an exception here. Image URLs
4106 * that start with this string are then rendered, while all others are not.
4107 * You can use this to set up a trusted, simple repository of images.
4108 * You may also specify an array of strings to allow multiple sites
4109 *
4110 * @par Examples:
4111 * @code
4112 * $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = 'http://127.0.0.1/';
4113 * $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = array( 'http://127.0.0.1/', 'http://example.com' );
4114 * @endcode
4115 */
4116 $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = '';
4117
4118 /**
4119 * If $wgAllowExternalImages is false, you can allow an on-wiki
4120 * whitelist of regular expression fragments to match the image URL
4121 * against. If the image matches one of the regular expression fragments,
4122 * The image will be displayed.
4123 *
4124 * Set this to true to enable the on-wiki whitelist (MediaWiki:External image whitelist)
4125 * Or false to disable it
4126 */
4127 $wgEnableImageWhitelist = true;
4128
4129 /**
4130 * A different approach to the above: simply allow the "<img>" tag to be used.
4131 * This allows you to specify alt text and other attributes, copy-paste HTML to
4132 * your wiki more easily, etc. However, allowing external images in any manner
4133 * will allow anyone with editing rights to snoop on your visitors' IP
4134 * addresses and so forth, if they wanted to, by inserting links to images on
4135 * sites they control.
4136 */
4137 $wgAllowImageTag = false;
4138
4139 /**
4140 * Configuration for HTML postprocessing tool. Set this to a configuration
4141 * array to enable an external tool. Dave Raggett's "HTML Tidy" is typically
4142 * used. See http://www.w3.org/People/Raggett/tidy/
4143 *
4144 * If this is null and $wgUseTidy is true, the deprecated configuration
4145 * parameters will be used instead.
4146 *
4147 * If this is null and $wgUseTidy is false, a pure PHP fallback will be used.
4148 *
4149 * Keys are:
4150 * - driver: May be:
4151 * - RaggettInternalHHVM: Use the limited-functionality HHVM extension
4152 * - RaggettInternalPHP: Use the PECL extension
4153 * - RaggettExternal: Shell out to an external binary (tidyBin)
4154 *
4155 * - tidyConfigFile: Path to configuration file for any of the Raggett drivers
4156 * - debugComment: True to add a comment to the output with warning messages
4157 * - tidyBin: For RaggettExternal, the path to the tidy binary.
4158 * - tidyCommandLine: For RaggettExternal, additional command line options.
4159 */
4160 $wgTidyConfig = null;
4161
4162 /**
4163 * Set this to true to use the deprecated tidy configuration parameters.
4164 * @deprecated use $wgTidyConfig
4165 */
4166 $wgUseTidy = false;
4167
4168 /**
4169 * The path to the tidy binary.
4170 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['tidyBin']
4171 */
4172 $wgTidyBin = 'tidy';
4173
4174 /**
4175 * The path to the tidy config file
4176 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['tidyConfigFile']
4177 */
4178 $wgTidyConf = $IP . '/includes/tidy/tidy.conf';
4179
4180 /**
4181 * The command line options to the tidy binary
4182 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['tidyCommandLine']
4183 */
4184 $wgTidyOpts = '';
4185
4186 /**
4187 * Set this to true to use the tidy extension
4188 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['driver']
4189 */
4190 $wgTidyInternal = extension_loaded( 'tidy' );
4191
4192 /**
4193 * Put tidy warnings in HTML comments
4194 * Only works for internal tidy.
4195 */
4196 $wgDebugTidy = false;
4197
4198 /**
4199 * Allow raw, unchecked HTML in "<html>...</html>" sections.
4200 * THIS IS VERY DANGEROUS on a publicly editable site, so USE wgGroupPermissions
4201 * TO RESTRICT EDITING to only those that you trust
4202 */
4203 $wgRawHtml = false;
4204
4205 /**
4206 * Set a default target for external links, e.g. _blank to pop up a new window
4207 */
4208 $wgExternalLinkTarget = false;
4209
4210 /**
4211 * If true, external URL links in wiki text will be given the
4212 * rel="nofollow" attribute as a hint to search engines that
4213 * they should not be followed for ranking purposes as they
4214 * are user-supplied and thus subject to spamming.
4215 */
4216 $wgNoFollowLinks = true;
4217
4218 /**
4219 * Namespaces in which $wgNoFollowLinks doesn't apply.
4220 * See Language.php for a list of namespaces.
4221 */
4222 $wgNoFollowNsExceptions = [];
4223
4224 /**
4225 * If this is set to an array of domains, external links to these domain names
4226 * (or any subdomains) will not be set to rel="nofollow" regardless of the
4227 * value of $wgNoFollowLinks. For instance:
4228 *
4229 * $wgNoFollowDomainExceptions = array( 'en.wikipedia.org', 'wiktionary.org',
4230 * 'mediawiki.org' );
4231 *
4232 * This would add rel="nofollow" to links to de.wikipedia.org, but not
4233 * en.wikipedia.org, wiktionary.org, en.wiktionary.org, us.en.wikipedia.org,
4234 * etc.
4235 *
4236 * Defaults to mediawiki.org for the links included in the software by default.
4237 */
4238 $wgNoFollowDomainExceptions = [ 'mediawiki.org' ];
4239
4240 /**
4241 * Allow DISPLAYTITLE to change title display
4242 */
4243 $wgAllowDisplayTitle = true;
4244
4245 /**
4246 * For consistency, restrict DISPLAYTITLE to text that normalizes to the same
4247 * canonical DB key. Also disallow some inline CSS rules like display: none;
4248 * which can cause the text to be hidden or unselectable.
4249 */
4250 $wgRestrictDisplayTitle = true;
4251
4252 /**
4253 * Maximum number of calls per parse to expensive parser functions such as
4254 * PAGESINCATEGORY.
4255 */
4256 $wgExpensiveParserFunctionLimit = 100;
4257
4258 /**
4259 * Preprocessor caching threshold
4260 * Setting it to 'false' will disable the preprocessor cache.
4261 */
4262 $wgPreprocessorCacheThreshold = 1000;
4263
4264 /**
4265 * Enable interwiki transcluding. Only when iw_trans=1 in the interwiki table.
4266 */
4267 $wgEnableScaryTranscluding = false;
4268
4269 /**
4270 * Expiry time for transcluded templates cached in transcache database table.
4271 * Only used $wgEnableInterwikiTranscluding is set to true.
4272 */
4273 $wgTranscludeCacheExpiry = 3600;
4274
4275 /** @} */ # end of parser settings }
4276
4277 /************************************************************************//**
4278 * @name Statistics
4279 * @{
4280 */
4281
4282 /**
4283 * Method used to determine if a page in a content namespace should be counted
4284 * as a valid article.
4285 *
4286 * Redirect pages will never be counted as valid articles.
4287 *
4288 * This variable can have the following values:
4289 * - 'any': all pages as considered as valid articles
4290 * - 'comma': the page must contain a comma to be considered valid
4291 * - 'link': the page must contain a [[wiki link]] to be considered valid
4292 *
4293 * See also See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Article_count
4294 *
4295 * Retroactively changing this variable will not affect the existing count,
4296 * to update it, you will need to run the maintenance/updateArticleCount.php
4297 * script.
4298 */
4299 $wgArticleCountMethod = 'link';
4300
4301 /**
4302 * How many days user must be idle before he is considered inactive. Will affect
4303 * the number shown on Special:Statistics, Special:ActiveUsers, and the
4304 * {{NUMBEROFACTIVEUSERS}} magic word in wikitext.
4305 * You might want to leave this as the default value, to provide comparable
4306 * numbers between different wikis.
4307 */
4308 $wgActiveUserDays = 30;
4309
4310 /** @} */ # End of statistics }
4311
4312 /************************************************************************//**
4313 * @name User accounts, authentication
4314 * @{
4315 */
4316
4317 /**
4318 * Central ID lookup providers
4319 * Key is the provider ID, value is a specification for ObjectFactory
4320 * @since 1.27
4321 */
4322 $wgCentralIdLookupProviders = [
4323 'local' => [ 'class' => 'LocalIdLookup' ],
4324 ];
4325
4326 /**
4327 * Central ID lookup provider to use by default
4328 * @var string
4329 */
4330 $wgCentralIdLookupProvider = 'local';
4331
4332 /**
4333 * Password policy for local wiki users. A user's effective policy
4334 * is the superset of all policy statements from the policies for the
4335 * groups where the user is a member. If more than one group policy
4336 * include the same policy statement, the value is the max() of the
4337 * values. Note true > false. The 'default' policy group is required,
4338 * and serves as the minimum policy for all users. New statements can
4339 * be added by appending to $wgPasswordPolicy['checks'].
4340 * Statements:
4341 * - MinimalPasswordLength - minimum length a user can set
4342 * - MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin - passwords shorter than this will
4343 * not be allowed to login, regardless if it is correct.
4344 * - MaximalPasswordLength - maximum length password a user is allowed
4345 * to attempt. Prevents DoS attacks with pbkdf2.
4346 * - PasswordCannotMatchUsername - Password cannot match username to
4347 * - PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist - Username/password combination cannot
4348 * match a specific, hardcoded blacklist.
4349 * - PasswordCannotBePopular - Blacklist passwords which are known to be
4350 * commonly chosen. Set to integer n to ban the top n passwords.
4351 * If you want to ban all common passwords on file, use the
4352 * PHP_INT_MAX constant.
4353 * @since 1.26
4354 */
4355 $wgPasswordPolicy = [
4356 'policies' => [
4357 'bureaucrat' => [
4358 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4359 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4360 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4361 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 25,
4362 ],
4363 'sysop' => [
4364 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4365 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4366 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4367 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 25,
4368 ],
4369 'bot' => [
4370 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4371 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4372 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4373 ],
4374 'default' => [
4375 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 1,
4376 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4377 'PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist' => true,
4378 'MaximalPasswordLength' => 4096,
4379 ],
4380 ],
4381 'checks' => [
4382 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMinimalPasswordLength',
4383 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMinimumPasswordLengthToLogin',
4384 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPasswordCannotMatchUsername',
4385 'PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPasswordCannotMatchBlacklist',
4386 'MaximalPasswordLength' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMaximalPasswordLength',
4387 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPopularPasswordBlacklist'
4388 ],
4389 ];
4390
4391 /**
4392 * For compatibility with old installations set to false
4393 * @deprecated since 1.24 will be removed in future
4394 */
4395 $wgPasswordSalt = true;
4396
4397 /**
4398 * Specifies the minimal length of a user password. If set to 0, empty pass-
4399 * words are allowed.
4400 * @deprecated since 1.26, use $wgPasswordPolicy's MinimalPasswordLength.
4401 */
4402 $wgMinimalPasswordLength = false;
4403
4404 /**
4405 * Specifies the maximal length of a user password (T64685).
4406 *
4407 * It is not recommended to make this greater than the default, as it can
4408 * allow DoS attacks by users setting really long passwords. In addition,
4409 * this should not be lowered too much, as it enforces weak passwords.
4410 *
4411 * @warning Unlike other password settings, user with passwords greater than
4412 * the maximum will not be able to log in.
4413 * @deprecated since 1.26, use $wgPasswordPolicy's MaximalPasswordLength.
4414 */
4415 $wgMaximalPasswordLength = false;
4416
4417 /**
4418 * Specifies if users should be sent to a password-reset form on login, if their
4419 * password doesn't meet the requirements of User::isValidPassword().
4420 * @since 1.23
4421 */
4422 $wgInvalidPasswordReset = true;
4423
4424 /**
4425 * Default password type to use when hashing user passwords
4426 *
4427 * @since 1.24
4428 */
4429 $wgPasswordDefault = 'pbkdf2';
4430
4431 /**
4432 * Configuration for built-in password types. Maps the password type
4433 * to an array of options. The 'class' option is the Password class to
4434 * use. All other options are class-dependent.
4435 *
4436 * An advanced example:
4437 * @code
4438 * $wgPasswordConfig['bcrypt-peppered'] = array(
4439 * 'class' => 'EncryptedPassword',
4440 * 'underlying' => 'bcrypt',
4441 * 'secrets' => array(),
4442 * 'cipher' => MCRYPT_RIJNDAEL_256,
4443 * 'mode' => MCRYPT_MODE_CBC,
4444 * 'cost' => 5,
4445 * );
4446 * @endcode
4447 *
4448 * @since 1.24
4449 */
4450 $wgPasswordConfig = [
4451 'A' => [
4452 'class' => 'MWOldPassword',
4453 ],
4454 'B' => [
4455 'class' => 'MWSaltedPassword',
4456 ],
4457 'pbkdf2-legacyA' => [
4458 'class' => 'LayeredParameterizedPassword',
4459 'types' => [
4460 'A',
4461 'pbkdf2',
4462 ],
4463 ],
4464 'pbkdf2-legacyB' => [
4465 'class' => 'LayeredParameterizedPassword',
4466 'types' => [
4467 'B',
4468 'pbkdf2',
4469 ],
4470 ],
4471 'bcrypt' => [
4472 'class' => 'BcryptPassword',
4473 'cost' => 9,
4474 ],
4475 'pbkdf2' => [
4476 'class' => 'Pbkdf2Password',
4477 'algo' => 'sha512',
4478 'cost' => '30000',
4479 'length' => '64',
4480 ],
4481 ];
4482
4483 /**
4484 * Whether to allow password resets ("enter some identifying data, and we'll send an email
4485 * with a temporary password you can use to get back into the account") identified by
4486 * various bits of data. Setting all of these to false (or the whole variable to false)
4487 * has the effect of disabling password resets entirely
4488 */
4489 $wgPasswordResetRoutes = [
4490 'username' => true,
4491 'email' => true,
4492 ];
4493
4494 /**
4495 * Maximum number of Unicode characters in signature
4496 */
4497 $wgMaxSigChars = 255;
4498
4499 /**
4500 * Maximum number of bytes in username. You want to run the maintenance
4501 * script ./maintenance/checkUsernames.php once you have changed this value.
4502 */
4503 $wgMaxNameChars = 255;
4504
4505 /**
4506 * Array of usernames which may not be registered or logged in from
4507 * Maintenance scripts can still use these
4508 */
4509 $wgReservedUsernames = [
4510 'MediaWiki default', // Default 'Main Page' and MediaWiki: message pages
4511 'Conversion script', // Used for the old Wikipedia software upgrade
4512 'Maintenance script', // Maintenance scripts which perform editing, image import script
4513 'Template namespace initialisation script', // Used in 1.2->1.3 upgrade
4514 'ScriptImporter', // Default user name used by maintenance/importSiteScripts.php
4515 'msg:double-redirect-fixer', // Automatic double redirect fix
4516 'msg:usermessage-editor', // Default user for leaving user messages
4517 'msg:proxyblocker', // For $wgProxyList and Special:Blockme (removed in 1.22)
4518 'msg:spambot_username', // Used by cleanupSpam.php
4519 'msg:autochange-username', // Used by anon category RC entries (parser functions, Lua & purges)
4520 ];
4521
4522 /**
4523 * Settings added to this array will override the default globals for the user
4524 * preferences used by anonymous visitors and newly created accounts.
4525 * For instance, to disable editing on double clicks:
4526 * $wgDefaultUserOptions ['editondblclick'] = 0;
4527 */
4528 $wgDefaultUserOptions = [
4529 'ccmeonemails' => 0,
4530 'cols' => 80,
4531 'date' => 'default',
4532 'diffonly' => 0,
4533 'disablemail' => 0,
4534 'editfont' => 'default',
4535 'editondblclick' => 0,
4536 'editsectiononrightclick' => 0,
4537 'enotifminoredits' => 0,
4538 'enotifrevealaddr' => 0,
4539 'enotifusertalkpages' => 1,
4540 'enotifwatchlistpages' => 1,
4541 'extendwatchlist' => 1,
4542 'fancysig' => 0,
4543 'forceeditsummary' => 0,
4544 'gender' => 'unknown',
4545 'hideminor' => 0,
4546 'hidepatrolled' => 0,
4547 'hidecategorization' => 1,
4548 'imagesize' => 2,
4549 'math' => 1,
4550 'minordefault' => 0,
4551 'newpageshidepatrolled' => 0,
4552 'nickname' => '',
4553 'norollbackdiff' => 0,
4554 'numberheadings' => 0,
4555 'previewonfirst' => 0,
4556 'previewontop' => 1,
4557 'rcdays' => 7,
4558 'rclimit' => 50,
4559 'rows' => 25,
4560 'showhiddencats' => 0,
4561 'shownumberswatching' => 1,
4562 'showtoolbar' => 1,
4563 'skin' => false,
4564 'stubthreshold' => 0,
4565 'thumbsize' => 5,
4566 'underline' => 2,
4567 'uselivepreview' => 0,
4568 'usenewrc' => 1,
4569 'watchcreations' => 1,
4570 'watchdefault' => 1,
4571 'watchdeletion' => 0,
4572 'watchuploads' => 1,
4573 'watchlistdays' => 3.0,
4574 'watchlisthideanons' => 0,
4575 'watchlisthidebots' => 0,
4576 'watchlisthideliu' => 0,
4577 'watchlisthideminor' => 0,
4578 'watchlisthideown' => 0,
4579 'watchlisthidepatrolled' => 0,
4580 'watchlisthidecategorization' => 1,
4581 'watchlistreloadautomatically' => 0,
4582 'watchmoves' => 0,
4583 'watchrollback' => 0,
4584 'wllimit' => 250,
4585 'useeditwarning' => 1,
4586 'prefershttps' => 1,
4587 ];
4588
4589 /**
4590 * An array of preferences to not show for the user
4591 */
4592 $wgHiddenPrefs = [];
4593
4594 /**
4595 * Characters to prevent during new account creations.
4596 * This is used in a regular expression character class during
4597 * registration (regex metacharacters like / are escaped).
4598 */
4599 $wgInvalidUsernameCharacters = '@:';
4600
4601 /**
4602 * Character used as a delimiter when testing for interwiki userrights
4603 * (In Special:UserRights, it is possible to modify users on different
4604 * databases if the delimiter is used, e.g. "Someuser@enwiki").
4605 *
4606 * It is recommended that you have this delimiter in
4607 * $wgInvalidUsernameCharacters above, or you will not be able to
4608 * modify the user rights of those users via Special:UserRights
4609 */
4610 $wgUserrightsInterwikiDelimiter = '@';
4611
4612 /**
4613 * This is to let user authenticate using https when they come from http.
4614 * Based on an idea by George Herbert on wikitech-l:
4615 * https://lists.wikimedia.org/pipermail/wikitech-l/2010-October/050039.html
4616 * @since 1.17
4617 */
4618 $wgSecureLogin = false;
4619
4620 /**
4621 * Versioning for authentication tokens.
4622 *
4623 * If non-null, this is combined with the user's secret (the user_token field
4624 * in the DB) to generate the token cookie. Changing this will invalidate all
4625 * active sessions (i.e. it will log everyone out).
4626 *
4627 * @since 1.27
4628 * @var string|null
4629 */
4630 $wgAuthenticationTokenVersion = null;
4631
4632 /**
4633 * MediaWiki\Session\SessionProvider configuration.
4634 *
4635 * Value is an array of ObjectFactory specifications for the SessionProviders
4636 * to be used. Keys in the array are ignored. Order is not significant.
4637 *
4638 * @since 1.27
4639 */
4640 $wgSessionProviders = [
4641 MediaWiki\Session\CookieSessionProvider::class => [
4642 'class' => MediaWiki\Session\CookieSessionProvider::class,
4643 'args' => [ [
4644 'priority' => 30,
4645 'callUserSetCookiesHook' => true,
4646 ] ],
4647 ],
4648 MediaWiki\Session\BotPasswordSessionProvider::class => [
4649 'class' => MediaWiki\Session\BotPasswordSessionProvider::class,
4650 'args' => [ [
4651 'priority' => 40,
4652 ] ],
4653 ],
4654 ];
4655
4656 /** @} */ # end user accounts }
4657
4658 /************************************************************************//**
4659 * @name User rights, access control and monitoring
4660 * @{
4661 */
4662
4663 /**
4664 * Number of seconds before autoblock entries expire. Default 86400 = 1 day.
4665 */
4666 $wgAutoblockExpiry = 86400;
4667
4668 /**
4669 * Set this to true to allow blocked users to edit their own user talk page.
4670 */
4671 $wgBlockAllowsUTEdit = true;
4672
4673 /**
4674 * Allow sysops to ban users from accessing Emailuser
4675 */
4676 $wgSysopEmailBans = true;
4677
4678 /**
4679 * Limits on the possible sizes of range blocks.
4680 *
4681 * CIDR notation is hard to understand, it's easy to mistakenly assume that a
4682 * /1 is a small range and a /31 is a large range. For IPv4, setting a limit of
4683 * half the number of bits avoids such errors, and allows entire ISPs to be
4684 * blocked using a small number of range blocks.
4685 *
4686 * For IPv6, RFC 3177 recommends that a /48 be allocated to every residential
4687 * customer, so range blocks larger than /64 (half the number of bits) will
4688 * plainly be required. RFC 4692 implies that a very large ISP may be
4689 * allocated a /19 if a generous HD-Ratio of 0.8 is used, so we will use that
4690 * as our limit. As of 2012, blocking the whole world would require a /4 range.
4691 */
4692 $wgBlockCIDRLimit = [
4693 'IPv4' => 16, # Blocks larger than a /16 (64k addresses) will not be allowed
4694 'IPv6' => 19,
4695 ];
4696
4697 /**
4698 * If true, blocked users will not be allowed to login. When using this with
4699 * a public wiki, the effect of logging out blocked users may actually be
4700 * avers: unless the user's address is also blocked (e.g. auto-block),
4701 * logging the user out will again allow reading and editing, just as for
4702 * anonymous visitors.
4703 */
4704 $wgBlockDisablesLogin = false;
4705
4706 /**
4707 * Pages anonymous user may see, set as an array of pages titles.
4708 *
4709 * @par Example:
4710 * @code
4711 * $wgWhitelistRead = array ( "Main Page", "Wikipedia:Help");
4712 * @endcode
4713 *
4714 * Special:Userlogin and Special:ChangePassword are always whitelisted.
4715 *
4716 * @note This will only work if $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] is false --
4717 * see below. Otherwise, ALL pages are accessible, regardless of this setting.
4718 *
4719 * @note Also that this will only protect _pages in the wiki_. Uploaded files
4720 * will remain readable. You can use img_auth.php to protect uploaded files,
4721 * see https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Image_Authorization
4722 */
4723 $wgWhitelistRead = false;
4724
4725 /**
4726 * Pages anonymous user may see, set as an array of regular expressions.
4727 *
4728 * This function will match the regexp against the title name, which
4729 * is without underscore.
4730 *
4731 * @par Example:
4732 * To whitelist [[Main Page]]:
4733 * @code
4734 * $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = array( "/Main Page/" );
4735 * @endcode
4736 *
4737 * @note Unless ^ and/or $ is specified, a regular expression might match
4738 * pages not intended to be whitelisted. The above example will also
4739 * whitelist a page named 'Security Main Page'.
4740 *
4741 * @par Example:
4742 * To allow reading any page starting with 'User' regardless of the case:
4743 * @code
4744 * $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = array( "@^UsEr.*@i" );
4745 * @endcode
4746 * Will allow both [[User is banned]] and [[User:JohnDoe]]
4747 *
4748 * @note This will only work if $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] is false --
4749 * see below. Otherwise, ALL pages are accessible, regardless of this setting.
4750 */
4751 $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = false;
4752
4753 /**
4754 * Should editors be required to have a validated e-mail
4755 * address before being allowed to edit?
4756 */
4757 $wgEmailConfirmToEdit = false;
4758
4759 /**
4760 * Should MediaWiki attempt to protect user's privacy when doing redirects?
4761 * Keep this true if access counts to articles are made public.
4762 */
4763 $wgHideIdentifiableRedirects = true;
4764
4765 /**
4766 * Permission keys given to users in each group.
4767 *
4768 * This is an array where the keys are all groups and each value is an
4769 * array of the format (right => boolean).
4770 *
4771 * The second format is used to support per-namespace permissions.
4772 * Note that this feature does not fully work for all permission types.
4773 *
4774 * All users are implicitly in the '*' group including anonymous visitors;
4775 * logged-in users are all implicitly in the 'user' group. These will be
4776 * combined with the permissions of all groups that a given user is listed
4777 * in in the user_groups table.
4778 *
4779 * Note: Don't set $wgGroupPermissions = array(); unless you know what you're
4780 * doing! This will wipe all permissions, and may mean that your users are
4781 * unable to perform certain essential tasks or access new functionality
4782 * when new permissions are introduced and default grants established.
4783 *
4784 * Functionality to make pages inaccessible has not been extensively tested
4785 * for security. Use at your own risk!
4786 *
4787 * This replaces $wgWhitelistAccount and $wgWhitelistEdit
4788 */
4789 $wgGroupPermissions = [];
4790
4791 /** @cond file_level_code */
4792 // Implicit group for all visitors
4793 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createaccount'] = true;
4794 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] = true;
4795 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['edit'] = true;
4796 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createpage'] = true;
4797 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createtalk'] = true;
4798 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['writeapi'] = true;
4799 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyusercss'] = true;
4800 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyuserjs'] = true;
4801 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['viewmywatchlist'] = true;
4802 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmywatchlist'] = true;
4803 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['viewmyprivateinfo'] = true;
4804 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyprivateinfo'] = true;
4805 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyoptions'] = true;
4806 # $wgGroupPermissions['*']['patrolmarks'] = false; // let anons see what was patrolled
4807
4808 // Implicit group for all logged-in accounts
4809 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move'] = true;
4810 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-subpages'] = true;
4811 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-rootuserpages'] = true; // can move root userpages
4812 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-categorypages'] = true;
4813 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['movefile'] = true;
4814 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['read'] = true;
4815 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['edit'] = true;
4816 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['createpage'] = true;
4817 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['createtalk'] = true;
4818 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['writeapi'] = true;
4819 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['upload'] = true;
4820 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['reupload'] = true;
4821 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['reupload-shared'] = true;
4822 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['minoredit'] = true;
4823 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['purge'] = true; // can use ?action=purge without clicking "ok"
4824 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['sendemail'] = true;
4825 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['applychangetags'] = true;
4826 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['changetags'] = true;
4827
4828 // Implicit group for accounts that pass $wgAutoConfirmAge
4829 $wgGroupPermissions['autoconfirmed']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
4830 $wgGroupPermissions['autoconfirmed']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
4831
4832 // Users with bot privilege can have their edits hidden
4833 // from various log pages by default
4834 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['bot'] = true;
4835 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
4836 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
4837 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['nominornewtalk'] = true;
4838 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['autopatrol'] = true;
4839 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['suppressredirect'] = true;
4840 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['apihighlimits'] = true;
4841 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['writeapi'] = true;
4842
4843 // Most extra permission abilities go to this group
4844 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['block'] = true;
4845 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['createaccount'] = true;
4846 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['delete'] = true;
4847 // can be separately configured for pages with > $wgDeleteRevisionsLimit revs
4848 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['bigdelete'] = true;
4849 // can view deleted history entries, but not see or restore the text
4850 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletedhistory'] = true;
4851 // can view deleted revision text
4852 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletedtext'] = true;
4853 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['undelete'] = true;
4854 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editinterface'] = true;
4855 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editusercss'] = true;
4856 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['edituserjs'] = true;
4857 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editcontentmodel'] = true;
4858 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['import'] = true;
4859 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['importupload'] = true;
4860 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move'] = true;
4861 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-subpages'] = true;
4862 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-rootuserpages'] = true;
4863 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-categorypages'] = true;
4864 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['patrol'] = true;
4865 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['autopatrol'] = true;
4866 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['protect'] = true;
4867 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editprotected'] = true;
4868 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['rollback'] = true;
4869 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['upload'] = true;
4870 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['reupload'] = true;
4871 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['reupload-shared'] = true;
4872 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['unwatchedpages'] = true;
4873 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
4874 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
4875 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['ipblock-exempt'] = true;
4876 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['blockemail'] = true;
4877 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['markbotedits'] = true;
4878 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['apihighlimits'] = true;
4879 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['browsearchive'] = true;
4880 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['noratelimit'] = true;
4881 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['movefile'] = true;
4882 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['unblockself'] = true;
4883 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['suppressredirect'] = true;
4884 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['pagelang'] = true;
4885 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['upload_by_url'] = true;
4886 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['mergehistory'] = true;
4887 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['managechangetags'] = true;
4888 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletechangetags'] = true;
4889
4890 // Permission to change users' group assignments
4891 $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['userrights'] = true;
4892 $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['noratelimit'] = true;
4893 // Permission to change users' groups assignments across wikis
4894 # $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['userrights-interwiki'] = true;
4895 // Permission to export pages including linked pages regardless of $wgExportMaxLinkDepth
4896 # $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['override-export-depth'] = true;
4897
4898 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletelogentry'] = true;
4899 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deleterevision'] = true;
4900 // To hide usernames from users and Sysops
4901 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['hideuser'] = true;
4902 // To hide revisions/log items from users and Sysops
4903 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['suppressrevision'] = true;
4904 // To view revisions/log items hidden from users and Sysops
4905 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['viewsuppressed'] = true;
4906 // For private suppression log access
4907 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['suppressionlog'] = true;
4908
4909 /**
4910 * The developer group is deprecated, but can be activated if need be
4911 * to use the 'lockdb' and 'unlockdb' special pages. Those require
4912 * that a lock file be defined and creatable/removable by the web
4913 * server.
4914 */
4915 # $wgGroupPermissions['developer']['siteadmin'] = true;
4916
4917 /** @endcond */
4918
4919 /**
4920 * Permission keys revoked from users in each group.
4921 *
4922 * This acts the same way as wgGroupPermissions above, except that
4923 * if the user is in a group here, the permission will be removed from them.
4924 *
4925 * Improperly setting this could mean that your users will be unable to perform
4926 * certain essential tasks, so use at your own risk!
4927 */
4928 $wgRevokePermissions = [];
4929
4930 /**
4931 * Implicit groups, aren't shown on Special:Listusers or somewhere else
4932 */
4933 $wgImplicitGroups = [ '*', 'user', 'autoconfirmed' ];
4934
4935 /**
4936 * A map of group names that the user is in, to group names that those users
4937 * are allowed to add or revoke.
4938 *
4939 * Setting the list of groups to add or revoke to true is equivalent to "any
4940 * group".
4941 *
4942 * @par Example:
4943 * To allow sysops to add themselves to the "bot" group:
4944 * @code
4945 * $wgGroupsAddToSelf = array( 'sysop' => array( 'bot' ) );
4946 * @endcode
4947 *
4948 * @par Example:
4949 * Implicit groups may be used for the source group, for instance:
4950 * @code
4951 * $wgGroupsRemoveFromSelf = array( '*' => true );
4952 * @endcode
4953 * This allows users in the '*' group (i.e. any user) to remove themselves from
4954 * any group that they happen to be in.
4955 */
4956 $wgGroupsAddToSelf = [];
4957
4958 /**
4959 * @see $wgGroupsAddToSelf
4960 */
4961 $wgGroupsRemoveFromSelf = [];
4962
4963 /**
4964 * Set of available actions that can be restricted via action=protect
4965 * You probably shouldn't change this.
4966 * Translated through restriction-* messages.
4967 * Title::getRestrictionTypes() will remove restrictions that are not
4968 * applicable to a specific title (create and upload)
4969 */
4970 $wgRestrictionTypes = [ 'create', 'edit', 'move', 'upload' ];
4971
4972 /**
4973 * Rights which can be required for each protection level (via action=protect)
4974 *
4975 * You can add a new protection level that requires a specific
4976 * permission by manipulating this array. The ordering of elements
4977 * dictates the order on the protection form's lists.
4978 *
4979 * - '' will be ignored (i.e. unprotected)
4980 * - 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility
4981 * - 'sysop' is quietly rewritten to 'editprotected' for backwards compatibility
4982 */
4983 $wgRestrictionLevels = [ '', 'autoconfirmed', 'sysop' ];
4984
4985 /**
4986 * Restriction levels that can be used with cascading protection
4987 *
4988 * A page can only be protected with cascading protection if the
4989 * requested restriction level is included in this array.
4990 *
4991 * 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility.
4992 * 'sysop' is quietly rewritten to 'editprotected' for backwards compatibility.
4993 */
4994 $wgCascadingRestrictionLevels = [ 'sysop' ];
4995
4996 /**
4997 * Restriction levels that should be considered "semiprotected"
4998 *
4999 * Certain places in the interface recognize a dichotomy between "protected"
5000 * and "semiprotected", without further distinguishing the specific levels. In
5001 * general, if anyone can be eligible to edit a protection level merely by
5002 * reaching some condition in $wgAutopromote, it should probably be considered
5003 * "semiprotected".
5004 *
5005 * 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5006 * 'sysop' is not changed, since it really shouldn't be here.
5007 */
5008 $wgSemiprotectedRestrictionLevels = [ 'autoconfirmed' ];
5009
5010 /**
5011 * Set the minimum permissions required to edit pages in each
5012 * namespace. If you list more than one permission, a user must
5013 * have all of them to edit pages in that namespace.
5014 *
5015 * @note NS_MEDIAWIKI is implicitly restricted to 'editinterface'.
5016 */
5017 $wgNamespaceProtection = [];
5018
5019 /**
5020 * Pages in namespaces in this array can not be used as templates.
5021 *
5022 * Elements MUST be numeric namespace ids, you can safely use the MediaWiki
5023 * namespaces constants (NS_USER, NS_MAIN...).
5024 *
5025 * Among other things, this may be useful to enforce read-restrictions
5026 * which may otherwise be bypassed by using the template mechanism.
5027 */
5028 $wgNonincludableNamespaces = [];
5029
5030 /**
5031 * Number of seconds an account is required to age before it's given the
5032 * implicit 'autoconfirm' group membership. This can be used to limit
5033 * privileges of new accounts.
5034 *
5035 * Accounts created by earlier versions of the software may not have a
5036 * recorded creation date, and will always be considered to pass the age test.
5037 *
5038 * When left at 0, all registered accounts will pass.
5039 *
5040 * @par Example:
5041 * Set automatic confirmation to 10 minutes (which is 600 seconds):
5042 * @code
5043 * $wgAutoConfirmAge = 600; // ten minutes
5044 * @endcode
5045 * Set age to one day:
5046 * @code
5047 * $wgAutoConfirmAge = 3600*24; // one day
5048 * @endcode
5049 */
5050 $wgAutoConfirmAge = 0;
5051
5052 /**
5053 * Number of edits an account requires before it is autoconfirmed.
5054 * Passing both this AND the time requirement is needed. Example:
5055 *
5056 * @par Example:
5057 * @code
5058 * $wgAutoConfirmCount = 50;
5059 * @endcode
5060 */
5061 $wgAutoConfirmCount = 0;
5062
5063 /**
5064 * Automatically add a usergroup to any user who matches certain conditions.
5065 *
5066 * @todo Redocument $wgAutopromote
5067 *
5068 * The format is
5069 * array( '&' or '|' or '^' or '!', cond1, cond2, ... )
5070 * where cond1, cond2, ... are themselves conditions; *OR*
5071 * APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED, *OR*
5072 * array( APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED ), *OR*
5073 * array( APCOND_EDITCOUNT, number of edits ), *OR*
5074 * array( APCOND_AGE, seconds since registration ), *OR*
5075 * array( APCOND_INGROUPS, group1, group2, ... ), *OR*
5076 * array( APCOND_ISIP, ip ), *OR*
5077 * array( APCOND_IPINRANGE, range ), *OR*
5078 * array( APCOND_AGE_FROM_EDIT, seconds since first edit ), *OR*
5079 * array( APCOND_BLOCKED ), *OR*
5080 * array( APCOND_ISBOT ), *OR*
5081 * similar constructs defined by extensions.
5082 *
5083 * If $wgEmailAuthentication is off, APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED will be true for any
5084 * user who has provided an e-mail address.
5085 */
5086 $wgAutopromote = [
5087 'autoconfirmed' => [ '&',
5088 [ APCOND_EDITCOUNT, &$wgAutoConfirmCount ],
5089 [ APCOND_AGE, &$wgAutoConfirmAge ],
5090 ],
5091 ];
5092
5093 /**
5094 * Automatically add a usergroup to any user who matches certain conditions.
5095 *
5096 * Does not add the user to the group again if it has been removed.
5097 * Also, does not remove the group if the user no longer meets the criteria.
5098 *
5099 * The format is:
5100 * @code
5101 * array( event => criteria, ... )
5102 * @endcode
5103 * Where event is either:
5104 * - 'onEdit' (when user edits)
5105 *
5106 * Criteria has the same format as $wgAutopromote
5107 *
5108 * @see $wgAutopromote
5109 * @since 1.18
5110 */
5111 $wgAutopromoteOnce = [
5112 'onEdit' => [],
5113 ];
5114
5115 /**
5116 * Put user rights log entries for autopromotion in recent changes?
5117 * @since 1.18
5118 */
5119 $wgAutopromoteOnceLogInRC = true;
5120
5121 /**
5122 * $wgAddGroups and $wgRemoveGroups can be used to give finer control over who
5123 * can assign which groups at Special:Userrights.
5124 *
5125 * @par Example:
5126 * Bureaucrats can add any group:
5127 * @code
5128 * $wgAddGroups['bureaucrat'] = true;
5129 * @endcode
5130 * Bureaucrats can only remove bots and sysops:
5131 * @code
5132 * $wgRemoveGroups['bureaucrat'] = array( 'bot', 'sysop' );
5133 * @endcode
5134 * Sysops can make bots:
5135 * @code
5136 * $wgAddGroups['sysop'] = array( 'bot' );
5137 * @endcode
5138 * Sysops can disable other sysops in an emergency, and disable bots:
5139 * @code
5140 * $wgRemoveGroups['sysop'] = array( 'sysop', 'bot' );
5141 * @endcode
5142 */
5143 $wgAddGroups = [];
5144
5145 /**
5146 * @see $wgAddGroups
5147 */
5148 $wgRemoveGroups = [];
5149
5150 /**
5151 * A list of available rights, in addition to the ones defined by the core.
5152 * For extensions only.
5153 */
5154 $wgAvailableRights = [];
5155
5156 /**
5157 * Optional to restrict deletion of pages with higher revision counts
5158 * to users with the 'bigdelete' permission. (Default given to sysops.)
5159 */
5160 $wgDeleteRevisionsLimit = 0;
5161
5162 /**
5163 * The maximum number of edits a user can have and
5164 * can still be hidden by users with the hideuser permission.
5165 * This is limited for performance reason.
5166 * Set to false to disable the limit.
5167 * @since 1.23
5168 */
5169 $wgHideUserContribLimit = 1000;
5170
5171 /**
5172 * Number of accounts each IP address may create, 0 to disable.
5173 *
5174 * @warning Requires $wgMainCacheType to be enabled
5175 */
5176 $wgAccountCreationThrottle = 0;
5177
5178 /**
5179 * Edits matching these regular expressions in body text
5180 * will be recognised as spam and rejected automatically.
5181 *
5182 * There's no administrator override on-wiki, so be careful what you set. :)
5183 * May be an array of regexes or a single string for backwards compatibility.
5184 *
5185 * @see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression
5186 *
5187 * @note Each regex needs a beginning/end delimiter, eg: # or /
5188 */
5189 $wgSpamRegex = [];
5190
5191 /**
5192 * Same as the above except for edit summaries
5193 */
5194 $wgSummarySpamRegex = [];
5195
5196 /**
5197 * Whether to use DNS blacklists in $wgDnsBlacklistUrls to check for open
5198 * proxies
5199 * @since 1.16
5200 */
5201 $wgEnableDnsBlacklist = false;
5202
5203 /**
5204 * List of DNS blacklists to use, if $wgEnableDnsBlacklist is true.
5205 *
5206 * This is an array of either a URL or an array with the URL and a key (should
5207 * the blacklist require a key).
5208 *
5209 * @par Example:
5210 * @code
5211 * $wgDnsBlacklistUrls = array(
5212 * // String containing URL
5213 * 'http.dnsbl.sorbs.net.',
5214 * // Array with URL and key, for services that require a key
5215 * array( 'dnsbl.httpbl.net.', 'mykey' ),
5216 * // Array with just the URL. While this works, it is recommended that you
5217 * // just use a string as shown above
5218 * array( 'opm.tornevall.org.' )
5219 * );
5220 * @endcode
5221 *
5222 * @note You should end the domain name with a . to avoid searching your
5223 * eventual domain search suffixes.
5224 * @since 1.16
5225 */
5226 $wgDnsBlacklistUrls = [ 'http.dnsbl.sorbs.net.' ];
5227
5228 /**
5229 * Proxy whitelist, list of addresses that are assumed to be non-proxy despite
5230 * what the other methods might say.
5231 */
5232 $wgProxyWhitelist = [];
5233
5234 /**
5235 * Whether to look at the X-Forwarded-For header's list of (potentially spoofed)
5236 * IPs and apply IP blocks to them. This allows for IP blocks to work with correctly-configured
5237 * (transparent) proxies without needing to block the proxies themselves.
5238 */
5239 $wgApplyIpBlocksToXff = false;
5240
5241 /**
5242 * Simple rate limiter options to brake edit floods.
5243 *
5244 * Maximum number actions allowed in the given number of seconds; after that
5245 * the violating client receives HTTP 500 error pages until the period
5246 * elapses.
5247 *
5248 * @par Example:
5249 * To set a generic maximum of 4 hits in 60 seconds:
5250 * @code
5251 * $wgRateLimits = array( 4, 60 );
5252 * @endcode
5253 *
5254 * @par Example:
5255 * You could also limit per action and then type of users.
5256 * @code
5257 * $wgRateLimits = array(
5258 * 'edit' => array(
5259 * 'anon' => array( x, y ), // any and all anonymous edits (aggregate)
5260 * 'user' => array( x, y ), // each logged-in user
5261 * 'newbie' => array( x, y ), // each new autoconfirmed accounts; overrides 'user'
5262 * 'ip' => array( x, y ), // each anon and recent account
5263 * 'subnet' => array( x, y ), // ... within a /24 subnet in IPv4 or /64 in IPv6
5264 * )
5265 * )
5266 * @endcode
5267 *
5268 * @warning Requires that $wgMainCacheType is set to something persistent
5269 */
5270 $wgRateLimits = [
5271 // Page edits
5272 'edit' => [
5273 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5274 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5275 ],
5276 // Page moves
5277 'move' => [
5278 'newbie' => [ 2, 120 ],
5279 'user' => [ 8, 60 ],
5280 ],
5281 // File uploads
5282 'upload' => [
5283 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5284 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5285 ],
5286 // Page rollbacks
5287 'rollback' => [
5288 'user' => [ 10, 60 ],
5289 'newbie' => [ 5, 120 ]
5290 ],
5291 // Triggering password resets emails
5292 'mailpassword' => [
5293 'ip' => [ 5, 3600 ],
5294 ],
5295 // Emailing other users using MediaWiki
5296 'emailuser' => [
5297 'ip' => [ 5, 86400 ],
5298 'newbie' => [ 5, 86400 ],
5299 'user' => [ 20, 86400 ],
5300 ],
5301 // Purging pages
5302 'purge' => [
5303 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5304 'user' => [ 30, 60 ],
5305 ],
5306 // Purges of link tables
5307 'linkpurge' => [
5308 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5309 'user' => [ 30, 60 ],
5310 ],
5311 // Files rendered via thumb.php or thumb_handler.php
5312 'renderfile' => [
5313 'ip' => [ 700, 30 ],
5314 'user' => [ 700, 30 ],
5315 ],
5316 // Same as above but for non-standard thumbnails
5317 'renderfile-nonstandard' => [
5318 'ip' => [ 70, 30 ],
5319 'user' => [ 70, 30 ],
5320 ],
5321 // Stashing edits into cache before save
5322 'stashedit' => [
5323 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5324 'newbie' => [ 30, 60 ],
5325 ],
5326 // Adding or removing change tags
5327 'changetag' => [
5328 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5329 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5330 ],
5331 ];
5332
5333 /**
5334 * Array of IPs which should be excluded from rate limits.
5335 * This may be useful for whitelisting NAT gateways for conferences, etc.
5336 */
5337 $wgRateLimitsExcludedIPs = [];
5338
5339 /**
5340 * Log IP addresses in the recentchanges table; can be accessed only by
5341 * extensions (e.g. CheckUser) or a DB admin
5342 * Used for retroactive autoblocks
5343 */
5344 $wgPutIPinRC = true;
5345
5346 /**
5347 * Integer defining default number of entries to show on
5348 * special pages which are query-pages such as Special:Whatlinkshere.
5349 */
5350 $wgQueryPageDefaultLimit = 50;
5351
5352 /**
5353 * Limit password attempts to X attempts per Y seconds per IP per account.
5354 *
5355 * Value is an array of arrays. Each sub-array must have a key for count
5356 * (ie count of how many attempts before throttle) and a key for seconds.
5357 * If the key 'allIPs' (case sensitive) is present, then the limit is
5358 * just per account instead of per IP per account.
5359 *
5360 * @since 1.27 allIps support and multiple limits added in 1.27. Prior
5361 * to 1.27 this only supported having a single throttle.
5362 * @warning Requires $wgMainCacheType to be enabled
5363 */
5364 $wgPasswordAttemptThrottle = [
5365 // Short term limit
5366 [ 'count' => 5, 'seconds' => 300 ],
5367 // Long term limit. We need to balance the risk
5368 // of somebody using this as a DoS attack to lock someone
5369 // out of their account, and someone doing a brute force attack.
5370 [ 'count' => 150, 'seconds' => 60*60*48 ],
5371 ];
5372
5373 /**
5374 * @var Array Map of (grant => right => boolean)
5375 * Users authorize consumers (like Apps) to act on their behalf but only with
5376 * a subset of the user's normal account rights (signed off on by the user).
5377 * The possible rights to grant to a consumer are bundled into groups called
5378 * "grants". Each grant defines some rights it lets consumers inherit from the
5379 * account they may act on behalf of. Note that a user granting a right does
5380 * nothing if that user does not actually have that right to begin with.
5381 * @since 1.27
5382 */
5383 $wgGrantPermissions = [];
5384
5385 // @TODO: clean up grants
5386 // @TODO: auto-include read/editsemiprotected rights?
5387
5388 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5389 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['autopatrol'] = true;
5390 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['autoreview'] = true;
5391 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5392 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['ipblock-exempt'] = true;
5393 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['nominornewtalk'] = true;
5394 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['patrolmarks'] = true;
5395 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['purge'] = true;
5396 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['read'] = true;
5397 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['skipcaptcha'] = true;
5398 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['torunblocked'] = true;
5399 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['writeapi'] = true;
5400
5401 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['bot'] = true;
5402 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5403 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['noratelimit'] = true;
5404 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['markbotedits'] = true;
5405
5406 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['edit'] = true;
5407 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['minoredit'] = true;
5408 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['applychangetags'] = true;
5409 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['changetags'] = true;
5410
5411 $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5412 $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected']['editprotected'] = true;
5413
5414 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5415 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyusercss'] = true;
5416 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyuserjs'] = true;
5417
5418 $wgGrantPermissions['editmyoptions']['editmyoptions'] = true;
5419
5420 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5421 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['editinterface'] = true;
5422 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['editusercss'] = true;
5423 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['edituserjs'] = true;
5424
5425 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5426 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['createpage'] = true;
5427 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['createtalk'] = true;
5428 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move'] = true;
5429 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-rootuserpages'] = true;
5430 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-subpages'] = true;
5431 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5432
5433 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile']['upload'] = true;
5434 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile']['reupload-own'] = true;
5435
5436 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile'] = $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile'];
5437 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['reupload'] = true;
5438 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5439 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['upload_by_url'] = true;
5440 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['movefile'] = true;
5441 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5442
5443 $wgGrantPermissions['patrol']['patrol'] = true;
5444
5445 $wgGrantPermissions['rollback']['rollback'] = true;
5446
5447 $wgGrantPermissions['blockusers']['block'] = true;
5448 $wgGrantPermissions['blockusers']['blockemail'] = true;
5449
5450 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['browsearchive'] = true;
5451 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['deletedhistory'] = true;
5452 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['deletedtext'] = true;
5453
5454 $wgGrantPermissions['delete'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'] +
5455 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted'];
5456 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['delete'] = true;
5457 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['bigdelete'] = true;
5458 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['deletelogentry'] = true;
5459 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['deleterevision'] = true;
5460 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['undelete'] = true;
5461
5462 $wgGrantPermissions['protect'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected'];
5463 $wgGrantPermissions['protect']['protect'] = true;
5464
5465 $wgGrantPermissions['viewmywatchlist']['viewmywatchlist'] = true;
5466
5467 $wgGrantPermissions['editmywatchlist']['editmywatchlist'] = true;
5468
5469 $wgGrantPermissions['sendemail']['sendemail'] = true;
5470
5471 $wgGrantPermissions['createaccount']['createaccount'] = true;
5472
5473 /**
5474 * @var Array Map of grants to their UI grouping
5475 * @since 1.27
5476 */
5477 $wgGrantPermissionGroups = [
5478 // Hidden grants are implicitly present
5479 'basic' => 'hidden',
5480
5481 'editpage' => 'page-interaction',
5482 'createeditmovepage' => 'page-interaction',
5483 'editprotected' => 'page-interaction',
5484 'patrol' => 'page-interaction',
5485
5486 'uploadfile' => 'file-interaction',
5487 'uploadeditmovefile' => 'file-interaction',
5488
5489 'sendemail' => 'email',
5490
5491 'viewmywatchlist' => 'watchlist-interaction',
5492 'editviewmywatchlist' => 'watchlist-interaction',
5493
5494 'editmycssjs' => 'customization',
5495 'editmyoptions' => 'customization',
5496
5497 'editinterface' => 'administration',
5498 'rollback' => 'administration',
5499 'blockusers' => 'administration',
5500 'delete' => 'administration',
5501 'viewdeleted' => 'administration',
5502 'protect' => 'administration',
5503 'createaccount' => 'administration',
5504
5505 'highvolume' => 'high-volume',
5506 ];
5507
5508 /**
5509 * @var bool Whether to enable bot passwords
5510 * @since 1.27
5511 */
5512 $wgEnableBotPasswords = true;
5513
5514 /**
5515 * Cluster for the bot_passwords table
5516 * @var string|bool If false, the normal cluster will be used
5517 * @since 1.27
5518 */
5519 $wgBotPasswordsCluster = false;
5520
5521 /**
5522 * Database name for the bot_passwords table
5523 *
5524 * To use a database with a table prefix, set this variable to
5525 * "{$database}-{$prefix}".
5526 * @var string|bool If false, the normal database will be used
5527 * @since 1.27
5528 */
5529 $wgBotPasswordsDatabase = false;
5530
5531 /** @} */ # end of user rights settings
5532
5533 /************************************************************************//**
5534 * @name Proxy scanner settings
5535 * @{
5536 */
5537
5538 /**
5539 * This should always be customised in LocalSettings.php
5540 */
5541 $wgSecretKey = false;
5542
5543 /**
5544 * Big list of banned IP addresses.
5545 *
5546 * This can have the following formats:
5547 * - An array of addresses, either in the values
5548 * or the keys (for backward compatibility)
5549 * - A string, in that case this is the path to a file
5550 * containing the list of IP addresses, one per line
5551 */
5552 $wgProxyList = [];
5553
5554 /** @} */ # end of proxy scanner settings
5555
5556 /************************************************************************//**
5557 * @name Cookie settings
5558 * @{
5559 */
5560
5561 /**
5562 * Default cookie lifetime, in seconds. Setting to 0 makes all cookies session-only.
5563 */
5564 $wgCookieExpiration = 180 * 86400;
5565
5566 /**
5567 * The identifiers of the login cookies that can have their lifetimes
5568 * extended independently of all other login cookies.
5569 *
5570 * @var string[]
5571 */
5572 $wgExtendedLoginCookies = [ 'UserID', 'Token' ];
5573
5574 /**
5575 * Default login cookie lifetime, in seconds. Setting
5576 * $wgExtendLoginCookieExpiration to null will use $wgCookieExpiration to
5577 * calculate the cookie lifetime. As with $wgCookieExpiration, 0 will make
5578 * login cookies session-only.
5579 */
5580 $wgExtendedLoginCookieExpiration = null;
5581
5582 /**
5583 * Set to set an explicit domain on the login cookies eg, "justthis.domain.org"
5584 * or ".any.subdomain.net"
5585 */
5586 $wgCookieDomain = '';
5587
5588 /**
5589 * Set this variable if you want to restrict cookies to a certain path within
5590 * the domain specified by $wgCookieDomain.
5591 */
5592 $wgCookiePath = '/';
5593
5594 /**
5595 * Whether the "secure" flag should be set on the cookie. This can be:
5596 * - true: Set secure flag
5597 * - false: Don't set secure flag
5598 * - "detect": Set the secure flag if $wgServer is set to an HTTPS URL
5599 */
5600 $wgCookieSecure = 'detect';
5601
5602 /**
5603 * By default, MediaWiki checks if the client supports cookies during the
5604 * login process, so that it can display an informative error message if
5605 * cookies are disabled. Set this to true if you want to disable this cookie
5606 * check.
5607 */
5608 $wgDisableCookieCheck = false;
5609
5610 /**
5611 * Cookies generated by MediaWiki have names starting with this prefix. Set it
5612 * to a string to use a custom prefix. Setting it to false causes the database
5613 * name to be used as a prefix.
5614 */
5615 $wgCookiePrefix = false;
5616
5617 /**
5618 * Set authentication cookies to HttpOnly to prevent access by JavaScript,
5619 * in browsers that support this feature. This can mitigates some classes of
5620 * XSS attack.
5621 */
5622 $wgCookieHttpOnly = true;
5623
5624 /**
5625 * A list of cookies that vary the cache (for use by extensions)
5626 */
5627 $wgCacheVaryCookies = [];
5628
5629 /**
5630 * Override to customise the session name
5631 */
5632 $wgSessionName = false;
5633
5634 /** @} */ # end of cookie settings }
5635
5636 /************************************************************************//**
5637 * @name LaTeX (mathematical formulas)
5638 * @{
5639 */
5640
5641 /**
5642 * To use inline TeX, you need to compile 'texvc' (in the 'math' subdirectory of
5643 * the MediaWiki package and have latex, dvips, gs (ghostscript), andconvert
5644 * (ImageMagick) installed and available in the PATH.
5645 * Please see math/README for more information.
5646 */
5647 $wgUseTeX = false;
5648
5649 /** @} */ # end LaTeX }
5650
5651 /************************************************************************//**
5652 * @name Profiling, testing and debugging
5653 *
5654 * To enable profiling, edit StartProfiler.php
5655 *
5656 * @{
5657 */
5658
5659 /**
5660 * Filename for debug logging. See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/How_to_debug
5661 * The debug log file should be not be publicly accessible if it is used, as it
5662 * may contain private data.
5663 */
5664 $wgDebugLogFile = '';
5665
5666 /**
5667 * Prefix for debug log lines
5668 */
5669 $wgDebugLogPrefix = '';
5670
5671 /**
5672 * If true, instead of redirecting, show a page with a link to the redirect
5673 * destination. This allows for the inspection of PHP error messages, and easy
5674 * resubmission of form data. For developer use only.
5675 */
5676 $wgDebugRedirects = false;
5677
5678 /**
5679 * If true, log debugging data from action=raw and load.php.
5680 * This is normally false to avoid overlapping debug entries due to gen=css
5681 * and gen=js requests.
5682 */
5683 $wgDebugRawPage = false;
5684
5685 /**
5686 * Send debug data to an HTML comment in the output.
5687 *
5688 * This may occasionally be useful when supporting a non-technical end-user.
5689 * It's more secure than exposing the debug log file to the web, since the
5690 * output only contains private data for the current user. But it's not ideal
5691 * for development use since data is lost on fatal errors and redirects.
5692 */
5693 $wgDebugComments = false;
5694
5695 /**
5696 * Write SQL queries to the debug log.
5697 *
5698 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
5699 * 'LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
5700 * the DBO_DEBUG flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
5701 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
5702 */
5703 $wgDebugDumpSql = false;
5704
5705 /**
5706 * Performance expectations for DB usage
5707 *
5708 * @since 1.26
5709 */
5710 $wgTrxProfilerLimits = [
5711 // HTTP GET/HEAD requests.
5712 // Master queries should not happen on GET requests
5713 'GET' => [
5714 'masterConns' => 0,
5715 'writes' => 0,
5716 'readQueryTime' => 5
5717 ],
5718 // HTTP POST requests.
5719 // Master reads and writes will happen for a subset of these.
5720 'POST' => [
5721 'readQueryTime' => 5,
5722 'writeQueryTime' => 1,
5723 'maxAffected' => 500
5724 ],
5725 'POST-nonwrite' => [
5726 'masterConns' => 0,
5727 'writes' => 0,
5728 'readQueryTime' => 5
5729 ],
5730 // Background job runner
5731 'JobRunner' => [
5732 'readQueryTime' => 30,
5733 'writeQueryTime' => 5,
5734 'maxAffected' => 1000
5735 ],
5736 // Command-line scripts
5737 'Maintenance' => [
5738 'writeQueryTime' => 5,
5739 'maxAffected' => 1000
5740 ]
5741 ];
5742
5743 /**
5744 * Map of string log group names to log destinations.
5745 *
5746 * If set, wfDebugLog() output for that group will go to that file instead
5747 * of the regular $wgDebugLogFile. Useful for enabling selective logging
5748 * in production.
5749 *
5750 * Log destinations may be one of the following:
5751 * - false to completely remove from the output, including from $wgDebugLogFile.
5752 * - string values specifying a filename or URI.
5753 * - associative array with keys:
5754 * - 'destination' desired filename or URI.
5755 * - 'sample' an integer value, specifying a sampling factor (optional)
5756 * - 'level' A \Psr\Log\LogLevel constant, indicating the minimum level
5757 * to log (optional, since 1.25)
5758 *
5759 * @par Example:
5760 * @code
5761 * $wgDebugLogGroups['redis'] = '/var/log/mediawiki/redis.log';
5762 * @endcode
5763 *
5764 * @par Advanced example:
5765 * @code
5766 * $wgDebugLogGroups['memcached'] = array(
5767 * 'destination' => '/var/log/mediawiki/memcached.log',
5768 * 'sample' => 1000, // log 1 message out of every 1,000.
5769 * 'level' => \Psr\Log\LogLevel::WARNING
5770 * );
5771 * @endcode
5772 */
5773 $wgDebugLogGroups = [];
5774
5775 /**
5776 * Default service provider for creating Psr\Log\LoggerInterface instances.
5777 *
5778 * The value should be an array suitable for use with
5779 * ObjectFactory::getObjectFromSpec(). The created object is expected to
5780 * implement the MediaWiki\Logger\Spi interface. See ObjectFactory for additional
5781 * details.
5782 *
5783 * Alternately the MediaWiki\Logger\LoggerFactory::registerProvider method can
5784 * be called to inject an MediaWiki\Logger\Spi instance into the LoggerFactory
5785 * and bypass the use of this configuration variable entirely.
5786 *
5787 * @par To completely disable logging:
5788 * @code
5789 * $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi = array( 'class' => '\\MediaWiki\\Logger\\NullSpi' );
5790 * @endcode
5791 *
5792 * @since 1.25
5793 * @var array $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi
5794 * @see MwLogger
5795 */
5796 $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi = [
5797 'class' => '\\MediaWiki\\Logger\\LegacySpi',
5798 ];
5799
5800 /**
5801 * Display debug data at the bottom of the main content area.
5802 *
5803 * Useful for developers and technical users trying to working on a closed wiki.
5804 */
5805 $wgShowDebug = false;
5806
5807 /**
5808 * Prefix debug messages with relative timestamp. Very-poor man's profiler.
5809 * Since 1.19 also includes memory usage.
5810 */
5811 $wgDebugTimestamps = false;
5812
5813 /**
5814 * Print HTTP headers for every request in the debug information.
5815 */
5816 $wgDebugPrintHttpHeaders = true;
5817
5818 /**
5819 * Show the contents of $wgHooks in Special:Version
5820 */
5821 $wgSpecialVersionShowHooks = false;
5822
5823 /**
5824 * Whether to show "we're sorry, but there has been a database error" pages.
5825 * Displaying errors aids in debugging, but may display information useful
5826 * to an attacker.
5827 */
5828 $wgShowSQLErrors = false;
5829
5830 /**
5831 * If set to true, uncaught exceptions will print a complete stack trace
5832 * to output. This should only be used for debugging, as it may reveal
5833 * private information in function parameters due to PHP's backtrace
5834 * formatting.
5835 */
5836 $wgShowExceptionDetails = false;
5837
5838 /**
5839 * If true, show a backtrace for database errors
5840 *
5841 * @note This setting only applies when connection errors and query errors are
5842 * reported in the normal manner. $wgShowExceptionDetails applies in other cases,
5843 * including those in which an uncaught exception is thrown from within the
5844 * exception handler.
5845 */
5846 $wgShowDBErrorBacktrace = false;
5847
5848 /**
5849 * If true, send the exception backtrace to the error log
5850 */
5851 $wgLogExceptionBacktrace = true;
5852
5853 /**
5854 * Expose backend server host names through the API and various HTML comments
5855 */
5856 $wgShowHostnames = false;
5857
5858 /**
5859 * Override server hostname detection with a hardcoded value.
5860 * Should be a string, default false.
5861 * @since 1.20
5862 */
5863 $wgOverrideHostname = false;
5864
5865 /**
5866 * If set to true MediaWiki will throw notices for some possible error
5867 * conditions and for deprecated functions.
5868 */
5869 $wgDevelopmentWarnings = false;
5870
5871 /**
5872 * Release limitation to wfDeprecated warnings, if set to a release number
5873 * development warnings will not be generated for deprecations added in releases
5874 * after the limit.
5875 */
5876 $wgDeprecationReleaseLimit = false;
5877
5878 /**
5879 * Only record profiling info for pages that took longer than this
5880 * @deprecated since 1.25: set $wgProfiler['threshold'] instead.
5881 */
5882 $wgProfileLimit = 0.0;
5883
5884 /**
5885 * Don't put non-profiling info into log file
5886 *
5887 * @deprecated since 1.23, set the log file in
5888 * $wgDebugLogGroups['profileoutput'] instead.
5889 */
5890 $wgProfileOnly = false;
5891
5892 /**
5893 * Destination of statsd metrics.
5894 *
5895 * A host or host:port of a statsd server. Port defaults to 8125.
5896 *
5897 * If not set, statsd metrics will not be collected.
5898 *
5899 * @see wfLogProfilingData
5900 * @since 1.25
5901 */
5902 $wgStatsdServer = false;
5903
5904 /**
5905 * Prefix for metric names sent to $wgStatsdServer.
5906 *
5907 * @see MediaWikiServices::getStatsdDataFactory
5908 * @see BufferingStatsdDataFactory
5909 * @since 1.25
5910 */
5911 $wgStatsdMetricPrefix = 'MediaWiki';
5912
5913 /**
5914 * InfoAction retrieves a list of transclusion links (both to and from).
5915 * This number puts a limit on that query in the case of highly transcluded
5916 * templates.
5917 */
5918 $wgPageInfoTransclusionLimit = 50;
5919
5920 /**
5921 * Set this to an integer to only do synchronous site_stats updates
5922 * one every *this many* updates. The other requests go into pending
5923 * delta values in $wgMemc. Make sure that $wgMemc is a global cache.
5924 * If set to -1, updates *only* go to $wgMemc (useful for daemons).
5925 */
5926 $wgSiteStatsAsyncFactor = false;
5927
5928 /**
5929 * Parser test suite files to be run by parserTests.php when no specific
5930 * filename is passed to it.
5931 *
5932 * Extensions may add their own tests to this array, or site-local tests
5933 * may be added via LocalSettings.php
5934 *
5935 * Use full paths.
5936 */
5937 $wgParserTestFiles = [
5938 "$IP/tests/parser/parserTests.txt",
5939 "$IP/tests/parser/extraParserTests.txt"
5940 ];
5941
5942 /**
5943 * Allow running of javascript test suites via [[Special:JavaScriptTest]] (such as QUnit).
5944 */
5945 $wgEnableJavaScriptTest = false;
5946
5947 /**
5948 * Overwrite the caching key prefix with custom value.
5949 * @since 1.19
5950 */
5951 $wgCachePrefix = false;
5952
5953 /**
5954 * Display the new debugging toolbar. This also enables profiling on database
5955 * queries and other useful output.
5956 * Will be ignored if $wgUseFileCache or $wgUseSquid is enabled.
5957 *
5958 * @since 1.19
5959 */
5960 $wgDebugToolbar = false;
5961
5962 /** @} */ # end of profiling, testing and debugging }
5963
5964 /************************************************************************//**
5965 * @name Search
5966 * @{
5967 */
5968
5969 /**
5970 * Set this to true to disable the full text search feature.
5971 */
5972 $wgDisableTextSearch = false;
5973
5974 /**
5975 * Set to true to have nicer highlighted text in search results,
5976 * by default off due to execution overhead
5977 */
5978 $wgAdvancedSearchHighlighting = false;
5979
5980 /**
5981 * Regexp to match word boundaries, defaults for non-CJK languages
5982 * should be empty for CJK since the words are not separate
5983 */
5984 $wgSearchHighlightBoundaries = '[\p{Z}\p{P}\p{C}]';
5985
5986 /**
5987 * Template for OpenSearch suggestions, defaults to API action=opensearch
5988 *
5989 * Sites with heavy load would typically have these point to a custom
5990 * PHP wrapper to avoid firing up mediawiki for every keystroke
5991 *
5992 * Placeholders: {searchTerms}
5993 *
5994 * @deprecated since 1.25 Use $wgOpenSearchTemplates['application/x-suggestions+json'] instead
5995 */
5996 $wgOpenSearchTemplate = false;
5997
5998 /**
5999 * Templates for OpenSearch suggestions, defaults to API action=opensearch
6000 *
6001 * Sites with heavy load would typically have these point to a custom
6002 * PHP wrapper to avoid firing up mediawiki for every keystroke
6003 *
6004 * Placeholders: {searchTerms}
6005 */
6006 $wgOpenSearchTemplates = [
6007 'application/x-suggestions+json' => false,
6008 'application/x-suggestions+xml' => false,
6009 ];
6010
6011 /**
6012 * Enable OpenSearch suggestions requested by MediaWiki. Set this to
6013 * false if you've disabled scripts that use api?action=opensearch and
6014 * want reduce load caused by cached scripts still pulling suggestions.
6015 * It will let the API fallback by responding with an empty array.
6016 */
6017 $wgEnableOpenSearchSuggest = true;
6018
6019 /**
6020 * Integer defining default number of entries to show on
6021 * OpenSearch call.
6022 */
6023 $wgOpenSearchDefaultLimit = 10;
6024
6025 /**
6026 * Minimum length of extract in <Description>. Actual extracts will last until the end of sentence.
6027 */
6028 $wgOpenSearchDescriptionLength = 100;
6029
6030 /**
6031 * Expiry time for search suggestion responses
6032 */
6033 $wgSearchSuggestCacheExpiry = 1200;
6034
6035 /**
6036 * If you've disabled search semi-permanently, this also disables updates to the
6037 * table. If you ever re-enable, be sure to rebuild the search table.
6038 */
6039 $wgDisableSearchUpdate = false;
6040
6041 /**
6042 * List of namespaces which are searched by default.
6043 *
6044 * @par Example:
6045 * @code
6046 * $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault[NS_MAIN] = true;
6047 * $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault[NS_PROJECT] = true;
6048 * @endcode
6049 */
6050 $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault = [
6051 NS_MAIN => true,
6052 ];
6053
6054 /**
6055 * Disable the internal MySQL-based search, to allow it to be
6056 * implemented by an extension instead.
6057 */
6058 $wgDisableInternalSearch = false;
6059
6060 /**
6061 * Set this to a URL to forward search requests to some external location.
6062 * If the URL includes '$1', this will be replaced with the URL-encoded
6063 * search term.
6064 *
6065 * @par Example:
6066 * To forward to Google you'd have something like:
6067 * @code
6068 * $wgSearchForwardUrl =
6069 * 'http://www.google.com/search?q=$1' .
6070 * '&domains=http://example.com' .
6071 * '&sitesearch=http://example.com' .
6072 * '&ie=utf-8&oe=utf-8';
6073 * @endcode
6074 */
6075 $wgSearchForwardUrl = null;
6076
6077 /**
6078 * Search form behavior.
6079 * - true = use Go & Search buttons
6080 * - false = use Go button & Advanced search link
6081 */
6082 $wgUseTwoButtonsSearchForm = true;
6083
6084 /**
6085 * Array of namespaces to generate a Google sitemap for when the
6086 * maintenance/generateSitemap.php script is run, or false if one is to be
6087 * generated for all namespaces.
6088 */
6089 $wgSitemapNamespaces = false;
6090
6091 /**
6092 * Custom namespace priorities for sitemaps. Setting this will allow you to
6093 * set custom priorities to namespaces when sitemaps are generated using the
6094 * maintenance/generateSitemap.php script.
6095 *
6096 * This should be a map of namespace IDs to priority
6097 * @par Example:
6098 * @code
6099 * $wgSitemapNamespacesPriorities = array(
6100 * NS_USER => '0.9',
6101 * NS_HELP => '0.0',
6102 * );
6103 * @endcode
6104 */
6105 $wgSitemapNamespacesPriorities = false;
6106
6107 /**
6108 * If true, searches for IP addresses will be redirected to that IP's
6109 * contributions page. E.g. searching for "1.2.3.4" will redirect to
6110 * [[Special:Contributions/1.2.3.4]]
6111 */
6112 $wgEnableSearchContributorsByIP = true;
6113
6114 /** @} */ # end of search settings
6115
6116 /************************************************************************//**
6117 * @name Edit user interface
6118 * @{
6119 */
6120
6121 /**
6122 * Path to the GNU diff3 utility. If the file doesn't exist, edit conflicts will
6123 * fall back to the old behavior (no merging).
6124 */
6125 $wgDiff3 = '/usr/bin/diff3';
6126
6127 /**
6128 * Path to the GNU diff utility.
6129 */
6130 $wgDiff = '/usr/bin/diff';
6131
6132 /**
6133 * Which namespaces have special treatment where they should be preview-on-open
6134 * Internally only Category: pages apply, but using this extensions (e.g. Semantic MediaWiki)
6135 * can specify namespaces of pages they have special treatment for
6136 */
6137 $wgPreviewOnOpenNamespaces = [
6138 NS_CATEGORY => true
6139 ];
6140
6141 /**
6142 * Enable the UniversalEditButton for browsers that support it
6143 * (currently only Firefox with an extension)
6144 * See http://universaleditbutton.org for more background information
6145 */
6146 $wgUniversalEditButton = true;
6147
6148 /**
6149 * If user doesn't specify any edit summary when making a an edit, MediaWiki
6150 * will try to automatically create one. This feature can be disabled by set-
6151 * ting this variable false.
6152 */
6153 $wgUseAutomaticEditSummaries = true;
6154
6155 /** @} */ # end edit UI }
6156
6157 /************************************************************************//**
6158 * @name Maintenance
6159 * See also $wgSiteNotice
6160 * @{
6161 */
6162
6163 /**
6164 * @cond file_level_code
6165 * Set $wgCommandLineMode if it's not set already, to avoid notices
6166 */
6167 if ( !isset( $wgCommandLineMode ) ) {
6168 $wgCommandLineMode = false;
6169 }
6170 /** @endcond */
6171
6172 /**
6173 * For colorized maintenance script output, is your terminal background dark ?
6174 */
6175 $wgCommandLineDarkBg = false;
6176
6177 /**
6178 * Set this to a string to put the wiki into read-only mode. The text will be
6179 * used as an explanation to users.
6180 *
6181 * This prevents most write operations via the web interface. Cache updates may
6182 * still be possible. To prevent database writes completely, use the read_only
6183 * option in MySQL.
6184 */
6185 $wgReadOnly = null;
6186
6187 /**
6188 * If this lock file exists (size > 0), the wiki will be forced into read-only mode.
6189 * Its contents will be shown to users as part of the read-only warning
6190 * message.
6191 *
6192 * Will default to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/lock_yBgMBwiR" in Setup.php
6193 */
6194 $wgReadOnlyFile = false;
6195
6196 /**
6197 * When you run the web-based upgrade utility, it will tell you what to set
6198 * this to in order to authorize the upgrade process. It will subsequently be
6199 * used as a password, to authorize further upgrades.
6200 *
6201 * For security, do not set this to a guessable string. Use the value supplied
6202 * by the install/upgrade process. To cause the upgrader to generate a new key,
6203 * delete the old key from LocalSettings.php.
6204 */
6205 $wgUpgradeKey = false;
6206
6207 /**
6208 * Fully specified path to git binary
6209 */
6210 $wgGitBin = '/usr/bin/git';
6211
6212 /**
6213 * Map GIT repository URLs to viewer URLs to provide links in Special:Version
6214 *
6215 * Key is a pattern passed to preg_match() and preg_replace(),
6216 * without the delimiters (which are #) and must match the whole URL.
6217 * The value is the replacement for the key (it can contain $1, etc.)
6218 * %h will be replaced by the short SHA-1 (7 first chars) and %H by the
6219 * full SHA-1 of the HEAD revision.
6220 * %r will be replaced with a URL-encoded version of $1.
6221 * %R will be replaced with $1 and no URL-encoding
6222 *
6223 * @since 1.20
6224 */
6225 $wgGitRepositoryViewers = [
6226 'https://(?:[a-z0-9_]+@)?gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/(?:p/)?(.*)' =>
6227 'https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/r/revision/%R;%H',
6228 'ssh://(?:[a-z0-9_]+@)?gerrit.wikimedia.org:29418/(.*)' =>
6229 'https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/r/revision/%R;%H',
6230 ];
6231
6232 /** @} */ # End of maintenance }
6233
6234 /************************************************************************//**
6235 * @name Recent changes, new pages, watchlist and history
6236 * @{
6237 */
6238
6239 /**
6240 * Recentchanges items are periodically purged; entries older than this many
6241 * seconds will go.
6242 * Default: 90 days = about three months
6243 */
6244 $wgRCMaxAge = 90 * 24 * 3600;
6245
6246 /**
6247 * Page watchers inactive for more than this many seconds are considered inactive.
6248 * Used mainly by action=info. Default: 180 days = about six months.
6249 * @since 1.26
6250 */
6251 $wgWatchersMaxAge = 180 * 24 * 3600;
6252
6253 /**
6254 * If active watchers (per above) are this number or less, do not disclose it.
6255 * Left to 1, prevents unprivileged users from knowing for sure that there are 0.
6256 * Set to -1 if you want to always complement watchers count with this info.
6257 * @since 1.26
6258 */
6259 $wgUnwatchedPageSecret = 1;
6260
6261 /**
6262 * Filter $wgRCLinkDays by $wgRCMaxAge to avoid showing links for numbers
6263 * higher than what will be stored. Note that this is disabled by default
6264 * because we sometimes do have RC data which is beyond the limit for some
6265 * reason, and some users may use the high numbers to display that data which
6266 * is still there.
6267 */
6268 $wgRCFilterByAge = false;
6269
6270 /**
6271 * List of Limits options to list in the Special:Recentchanges and
6272 * Special:Recentchangeslinked pages.
6273 */
6274 $wgRCLinkLimits = [ 50, 100, 250, 500 ];
6275
6276 /**
6277 * List of Days options to list in the Special:Recentchanges and
6278 * Special:Recentchangeslinked pages.
6279 */
6280 $wgRCLinkDays = [ 1, 3, 7, 14, 30 ];
6281
6282 /**
6283 * Destinations to which notifications about recent changes
6284 * should be sent.
6285 *
6286 * As of MediaWiki 1.22, there are 2 supported 'engine' parameter option in core:
6287 * * 'UDPRCFeedEngine', which is used to send recent changes over UDP to the
6288 * specified server.
6289 * * 'RedisPubSubFeedEngine', which is used to send recent changes to Redis.
6290 *
6291 * The common options are:
6292 * * 'uri' -- the address to which the notices are to be sent.
6293 * * 'formatter' -- the class name (implementing RCFeedFormatter) which will
6294 * produce the text to send. This can also be an object of the class.
6295 * * 'omit_bots' -- whether the bot edits should be in the feed
6296 * * 'omit_anon' -- whether anonymous edits should be in the feed
6297 * * 'omit_user' -- whether edits by registered users should be in the feed
6298 * * 'omit_minor' -- whether minor edits should be in the feed
6299 * * 'omit_patrolled' -- whether patrolled edits should be in the feed
6300 *
6301 * The IRC-specific options are:
6302 * * 'add_interwiki_prefix' -- whether the titles should be prefixed with
6303 * the first entry in the $wgLocalInterwikis array (or the value of
6304 * $wgLocalInterwiki, if set)
6305 *
6306 * The JSON-specific options are:
6307 * * 'channel' -- if set, the 'channel' parameter is also set in JSON values.
6308 *
6309 * @example $wgRCFeeds['example'] = array(
6310 * 'formatter' => 'JSONRCFeedFormatter',
6311 * 'uri' => "udp://localhost:1336",
6312 * 'add_interwiki_prefix' => false,
6313 * 'omit_bots' => true,
6314 * );
6315 * @example $wgRCFeeds['exampleirc'] = array(
6316 * 'formatter' => 'IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter',
6317 * 'uri' => "udp://localhost:1338",
6318 * 'add_interwiki_prefix' => false,
6319 * 'omit_bots' => true,
6320 * );
6321 * @since 1.22
6322 */
6323 $wgRCFeeds = [];
6324
6325 /**
6326 * Used by RecentChange::getEngine to find the correct engine to use for a given URI scheme.
6327 * Keys are scheme names, values are names of engine classes.
6328 */
6329 $wgRCEngines = [
6330 'redis' => 'RedisPubSubFeedEngine',
6331 'udp' => 'UDPRCFeedEngine',
6332 ];
6333
6334 /**
6335 * Treat category membership changes as a RecentChange.
6336 * Changes are mentioned in RC for page actions as follows:
6337 * - creation: pages created with categories are mentioned
6338 * - edit: category additions/removals to existing pages are mentioned
6339 * - move: nothing is mentioned (unless templates used depend on the title)
6340 * - deletion: nothing is mentioned
6341 * - undeletion: nothing is mentioned
6342 *
6343 * @since 1.27
6344 */
6345 $wgRCWatchCategoryMembership = false;
6346
6347 /**
6348 * Use RC Patrolling to check for vandalism (from recent changes and watchlists)
6349 * New pages and new files are included.
6350 */
6351 $wgUseRCPatrol = true;
6352
6353 /**
6354 * Use new page patrolling to check new pages on Special:Newpages
6355 */
6356 $wgUseNPPatrol = true;
6357
6358 /**
6359 * Use file patrolling to check new files on Special:Newfiles
6360 *
6361 * @since 1.27
6362 */
6363 $wgUseFilePatrol = true;
6364
6365 /**
6366 * Log autopatrol actions to the log table
6367 */
6368 $wgLogAutopatrol = true;
6369
6370 /**
6371 * Provide syndication feeds (RSS, Atom) for, e.g., Recentchanges, Newpages
6372 */
6373 $wgFeed = true;
6374
6375 /**
6376 * Set maximum number of results to return in syndication feeds (RSS, Atom) for
6377 * eg Recentchanges, Newpages.
6378 */
6379 $wgFeedLimit = 50;
6380
6381 /**
6382 * _Minimum_ timeout for cached Recentchanges feed, in seconds.
6383 * A cached version will continue to be served out even if changes
6384 * are made, until this many seconds runs out since the last render.
6385 *
6386 * If set to 0, feed caching is disabled. Use this for debugging only;
6387 * feed generation can be pretty slow with diffs.
6388 */
6389 $wgFeedCacheTimeout = 60;
6390
6391 /**
6392 * When generating Recentchanges RSS/Atom feed, diffs will not be generated for
6393 * pages larger than this size.
6394 */
6395 $wgFeedDiffCutoff = 32768;
6396
6397 /**
6398 * Override the site's default RSS/ATOM feed for recentchanges that appears on
6399 * every page. Some sites might have a different feed they'd like to promote
6400 * instead of the RC feed (maybe like a "Recent New Articles" or "Breaking news" one).
6401 * Should be a format as key (either 'rss' or 'atom') and an URL to the feed
6402 * as value.
6403 * @par Example:
6404 * Configure the 'atom' feed to http://example.com/somefeed.xml
6405 * @code
6406 * $wgSiteFeed['atom'] = "http://example.com/somefeed.xml";
6407 * @endcode
6408 */
6409 $wgOverrideSiteFeed = [];
6410
6411 /**
6412 * Available feeds objects.
6413 * Should probably only be defined when a page is syndicated ie when
6414 * $wgOut->isSyndicated() is true.
6415 */
6416 $wgFeedClasses = [
6417 'rss' => 'RSSFeed',
6418 'atom' => 'AtomFeed',
6419 ];
6420
6421 /**
6422 * Which feed types should we provide by default? This can include 'rss',
6423 * 'atom', neither, or both.
6424 */
6425 $wgAdvertisedFeedTypes = [ 'atom' ];
6426
6427 /**
6428 * Show watching users in recent changes, watchlist and page history views
6429 */
6430 $wgRCShowWatchingUsers = false; # UPO
6431
6432 /**
6433 * Show the amount of changed characters in recent changes
6434 */
6435 $wgRCShowChangedSize = true;
6436
6437 /**
6438 * If the difference between the character counts of the text
6439 * before and after the edit is below that value, the value will be
6440 * highlighted on the RC page.
6441 */
6442 $wgRCChangedSizeThreshold = 500;
6443
6444 /**
6445 * Show "Updated (since my last visit)" marker in RC view, watchlist and history
6446 * view for watched pages with new changes
6447 */
6448 $wgShowUpdatedMarker = true;
6449
6450 /**
6451 * Disable links to talk pages of anonymous users (IPs) in listings on special
6452 * pages like page history, Special:Recentchanges, etc.
6453 */
6454 $wgDisableAnonTalk = false;
6455
6456 /**
6457 * Enable filtering of categories in Recentchanges
6458 */
6459 $wgAllowCategorizedRecentChanges = false;
6460
6461 /**
6462 * Allow filtering by change tag in recentchanges, history, etc
6463 * Has no effect if no tags are defined in valid_tag.
6464 */
6465 $wgUseTagFilter = true;
6466
6467 /**
6468 * If set to an integer, pages that are watched by this many users or more
6469 * will not require the unwatchedpages permission to view the number of
6470 * watchers.
6471 *
6472 * @since 1.21
6473 */
6474 $wgUnwatchedPageThreshold = false;
6475
6476 /**
6477 * Flags (letter symbols) shown in recent changes and watchlist to indicate
6478 * certain types of edits.
6479 *
6480 * To register a new one:
6481 * @code
6482 * $wgRecentChangesFlags['flag'] => array(
6483 * // message for the letter displayed next to rows on changes lists
6484 * 'letter' => 'letter-msg',
6485 * // message for the tooltip of the letter
6486 * 'title' => 'tooltip-msg',
6487 * // optional (defaults to 'tooltip-msg'), message to use in the legend box
6488 * 'legend' => 'legend-msg',
6489 * // optional (defaults to 'flag'), CSS class to put on changes lists rows
6490 * 'class' => 'css-class',
6491 * // optional (defaults to 'any'), how top-level flag is determined. 'any'
6492 * // will set the top-level flag if any line contains the flag, 'all' will
6493 * // only be set if all lines contain the flag.
6494 * 'grouping' => 'any',
6495 * );
6496 * @endcode
6497 *
6498 * @since 1.22
6499 */
6500 $wgRecentChangesFlags = [
6501 'newpage' => [
6502 'letter' => 'newpageletter',
6503 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-newpage',
6504 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-newpage',
6505 'grouping' => 'any',
6506 ],
6507 'minor' => [
6508 'letter' => 'minoreditletter',
6509 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-minor',
6510 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-minor',
6511 'class' => 'minoredit',
6512 'grouping' => 'all',
6513 ],
6514 'bot' => [
6515 'letter' => 'boteditletter',
6516 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-bot',
6517 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-bot',
6518 'class' => 'botedit',
6519 'grouping' => 'all',
6520 ],
6521 'unpatrolled' => [
6522 'letter' => 'unpatrolledletter',
6523 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-unpatrolled',
6524 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-unpatrolled',
6525 'grouping' => 'any',
6526 ],
6527 ];
6528
6529 /** @} */ # end RC/watchlist }
6530
6531 /************************************************************************//**
6532 * @name Copyright and credits settings
6533 * @{
6534 */
6535
6536 /**
6537 * Override for copyright metadata.
6538 *
6539 * This is the name of the page containing information about the wiki's copyright status,
6540 * which will be added as a link in the footer if it is specified. It overrides
6541 * $wgRightsUrl if both are specified.
6542 */
6543 $wgRightsPage = null;
6544
6545 /**
6546 * Set this to specify an external URL containing details about the content license used on your
6547 * wiki.
6548 * If $wgRightsPage is set then this setting is ignored.
6549 */
6550 $wgRightsUrl = null;
6551
6552 /**
6553 * If either $wgRightsUrl or $wgRightsPage is specified then this variable gives the text for the
6554 * link.
6555 * If using $wgRightsUrl then this value must be specified. If using $wgRightsPage then the name
6556 * of the page will also be used as the link if this variable is not set.
6557 */
6558 $wgRightsText = null;
6559
6560 /**
6561 * Override for copyright metadata.
6562 */
6563 $wgRightsIcon = null;
6564
6565 /**
6566 * Set this to true if you want detailed copyright information forms on Upload.
6567 */
6568 $wgUseCopyrightUpload = false;
6569
6570 /**
6571 * Set this to the number of authors that you want to be credited below an
6572 * article text. Set it to zero to hide the attribution block, and a negative
6573 * number (like -1) to show all authors. Note that this will require 2-3 extra
6574 * database hits, which can have a not insignificant impact on performance for
6575 * large wikis.
6576 */
6577 $wgMaxCredits = 0;
6578
6579 /**
6580 * If there are more than $wgMaxCredits authors, show $wgMaxCredits of them.
6581 * Otherwise, link to a separate credits page.
6582 */
6583 $wgShowCreditsIfMax = true;
6584
6585 /** @} */ # end of copyright and credits settings }
6586
6587 /************************************************************************//**
6588 * @name Import / Export
6589 * @{
6590 */
6591
6592 /**
6593 * List of interwiki prefixes for wikis we'll accept as sources for
6594 * Special:Import and API action=import. Since complete page history can be
6595 * imported, these should be 'trusted'.
6596 *
6597 * This can either be a regular array, or an associative map specifying
6598 * subprojects on the interwiki map of the target wiki, or a mix of the two,
6599 * e.g.
6600 * @code
6601 * $wgImportSources = array(
6602 * 'wikipedia' => array( 'cs', 'en', 'fr', 'zh' ),
6603 * 'wikispecies',
6604 * 'wikia' => array( 'animanga', 'brickipedia', 'desserts' ),
6605 * );
6606 * @endcode
6607 *
6608 * If you have a very complex import sources setup, you can lazy-load it using
6609 * the ImportSources hook.
6610 *
6611 * If a user has the 'import' permission but not the 'importupload' permission,
6612 * they will only be able to run imports through this transwiki interface.
6613 */
6614 $wgImportSources = [];
6615
6616 /**
6617 * Optional default target namespace for interwiki imports.
6618 * Can use this to create an incoming "transwiki"-style queue.
6619 * Set to numeric key, not the name.
6620 *
6621 * Users may override this in the Special:Import dialog.
6622 */
6623 $wgImportTargetNamespace = null;
6624
6625 /**
6626 * If set to false, disables the full-history option on Special:Export.
6627 * This is currently poorly optimized for long edit histories, so is
6628 * disabled on Wikimedia's sites.
6629 */
6630 $wgExportAllowHistory = true;
6631
6632 /**
6633 * If set nonzero, Special:Export requests for history of pages with
6634 * more revisions than this will be rejected. On some big sites things
6635 * could get bogged down by very very long pages.
6636 */
6637 $wgExportMaxHistory = 0;
6638
6639 /**
6640 * Return distinct author list (when not returning full history)
6641 */
6642 $wgExportAllowListContributors = false;
6643
6644 /**
6645 * If non-zero, Special:Export accepts a "pagelink-depth" parameter
6646 * up to this specified level, which will cause it to include all
6647 * pages linked to from the pages you specify. Since this number
6648 * can become *insanely large* and could easily break your wiki,
6649 * it's disabled by default for now.
6650 *
6651 * @warning There's a HARD CODED limit of 5 levels of recursion to prevent a
6652 * crazy-big export from being done by someone setting the depth number too
6653 * high. In other words, last resort safety net.
6654 */
6655 $wgExportMaxLinkDepth = 0;
6656
6657 /**
6658 * Whether to allow the "export all pages in namespace" option
6659 */
6660 $wgExportFromNamespaces = false;
6661
6662 /**
6663 * Whether to allow exporting the entire wiki into a single file
6664 */
6665 $wgExportAllowAll = false;
6666
6667 /**
6668 * Maximum number of pages returned by the GetPagesFromCategory and
6669 * GetPagesFromNamespace functions.
6670 *
6671 * @since 1.27
6672 */
6673 $wgExportPagelistLimit = 5000;
6674
6675 /** @} */ # end of import/export }
6676
6677 /*************************************************************************//**
6678 * @name Extensions
6679 * @{
6680 */
6681
6682 /**
6683 * A list of callback functions which are called once MediaWiki is fully
6684 * initialised
6685 */
6686 $wgExtensionFunctions = [];
6687
6688 /**
6689 * Extension messages files.
6690 *
6691 * Associative array mapping extension name to the filename where messages can be
6692 * found. The file should contain variable assignments. Any of the variables
6693 * present in languages/messages/MessagesEn.php may be defined, but $messages
6694 * is the most common.
6695 *
6696 * Variables defined in extensions will override conflicting variables defined
6697 * in the core.
6698 *
6699 * Since MediaWiki 1.23, use of this variable to define messages is discouraged; instead, store
6700 * messages in JSON format and use $wgMessagesDirs. For setting other variables than
6701 * $messages, $wgExtensionMessagesFiles should still be used. Use a DIFFERENT key because
6702 * any entry having a key that also exists in $wgMessagesDirs will be ignored.
6703 *
6704 * Extensions using the JSON message format can preserve backward compatibility with
6705 * earlier versions of MediaWiki by using a compatibility shim, such as one generated
6706 * by the generateJsonI18n.php maintenance script, listing it under the SAME key
6707 * as for the $wgMessagesDirs entry.
6708 *
6709 * @par Example:
6710 * @code
6711 * $wgExtensionMessagesFiles['ConfirmEdit'] = __DIR__.'/ConfirmEdit.i18n.php';
6712 * @endcode
6713 */
6714 $wgExtensionMessagesFiles = [];
6715
6716 /**
6717 * Extension messages directories.
6718 *
6719 * Associative array mapping extension name to the path of the directory where message files can
6720 * be found. The message files are expected to be JSON files named for their language code, e.g.
6721 * en.json, de.json, etc. Extensions with messages in multiple places may specify an array of
6722 * message directories.
6723 *
6724 * Message directories in core should be added to LocalisationCache::getMessagesDirs()
6725 *
6726 * @par Simple example:
6727 * @code
6728 * $wgMessagesDirs['Example'] = __DIR__ . '/i18n';
6729 * @endcode
6730 *
6731 * @par Complex example:
6732 * @code
6733 * $wgMessagesDirs['Example'] = array(
6734 * __DIR__ . '/lib/ve/i18n',
6735 * __DIR__ . '/lib/oojs-ui/i18n',
6736 * __DIR__ . '/i18n',
6737 * )
6738 * @endcode
6739 * @since 1.23
6740 */
6741 $wgMessagesDirs = [];
6742
6743 /**
6744 * Array of files with list(s) of extension entry points to be used in
6745 * maintenance/mergeMessageFileList.php
6746 * @since 1.22
6747 */
6748 $wgExtensionEntryPointListFiles = [];
6749
6750 /**
6751 * Parser output hooks.
6752 * This is an associative array where the key is an extension-defined tag
6753 * (typically the extension name), and the value is a PHP callback.
6754 * These will be called as an OutputPageParserOutput hook, if the relevant
6755 * tag has been registered with the parser output object.
6756 *
6757 * Registration is done with $pout->addOutputHook( $tag, $data ).
6758 *
6759 * The callback has the form:
6760 * @code
6761 * function outputHook( $outputPage, $parserOutput, $data ) { ... }
6762 * @endcode
6763 */
6764 $wgParserOutputHooks = [];
6765
6766 /**
6767 * Whether to include the NewPP limit report as a HTML comment
6768 */
6769 $wgEnableParserLimitReporting = true;
6770
6771 /**
6772 * List of valid skin names
6773 *
6774 * The key should be the name in all lower case, the value should be a properly
6775 * cased name for the skin. This value will be prefixed with "Skin" to create
6776 * the class name of the skin to load. Use Skin::getSkinNames() as an accessor
6777 * if you wish to have access to the full list.
6778 */
6779 $wgValidSkinNames = [];
6780
6781 /**
6782 * Special page list. This is an associative array mapping the (canonical) names of
6783 * special pages to either a class name to be instantiated, or a callback to use for
6784 * creating the special page object. In both cases, the result must be an instance of
6785 * SpecialPage.
6786 */
6787 $wgSpecialPages = [];
6788
6789 /**
6790 * Array mapping class names to filenames, for autoloading.
6791 */
6792 $wgAutoloadClasses = [];
6793
6794 /**
6795 * Switch controlling legacy case-insensitive classloading.
6796 * Do not disable if your wiki must support data created by PHP4, or by
6797 * MediaWiki 1.4 or earlier.
6798 */
6799 $wgAutoloadAttemptLowercase = true;
6800
6801 /**
6802 * An array of information about installed extensions keyed by their type.
6803 *
6804 * All but 'name', 'path' and 'author' can be omitted.
6805 *
6806 * @code
6807 * $wgExtensionCredits[$type][] = array(
6808 * 'path' => __FILE__,
6809 * 'name' => 'Example extension',
6810 * 'namemsg' => 'exampleextension-name',
6811 * 'author' => array(
6812 * 'Foo Barstein',
6813 * ),
6814 * 'version' => '1.9.0',
6815 * 'url' => 'http://example.org/example-extension/',
6816 * 'descriptionmsg' => 'exampleextension-desc',
6817 * 'license-name' => 'GPL-2.0+',
6818 * );
6819 * @endcode
6820 *
6821 * The extensions are listed on Special:Version. This page also looks for a file
6822 * named COPYING or LICENSE (optional .txt extension) and provides a link to
6823 * view said file. When the 'license-name' key is specified, this file is
6824 * interpreted as wikitext.
6825 *
6826 * - $type: One of 'specialpage', 'parserhook', 'variable', 'media', 'antispam',
6827 * 'skin', 'api', or 'other', or any additional types as specified through the
6828 * ExtensionTypes hook as used in SpecialVersion::getExtensionTypes().
6829 *
6830 * - name: Name of extension as an inline string instead of localizable message.
6831 * Do not omit this even if 'namemsg' is provided, as it is used to override
6832 * the path Special:Version uses to find extension's license info, and is
6833 * required for backwards-compatibility with MediaWiki 1.23 and older.
6834 *
6835 * - namemsg (since MW 1.24): A message key for a message containing the
6836 * extension's name, if the name is localizable. (For example, skin names
6837 * usually are.)
6838 *
6839 * - author: A string or an array of strings. Authors can be linked using
6840 * the regular wikitext link syntax. To have an internationalized version of
6841 * "and others" show, add an element "...". This element can also be linked,
6842 * for instance "[http://example ...]".
6843 *
6844 * - descriptionmsg: A message key or an an array with message key and parameters:
6845 * `'descriptionmsg' => 'exampleextension-desc',`
6846 *
6847 * - description: Description of extension as an inline string instead of
6848 * localizable message (omit in favour of 'descriptionmsg').
6849 *
6850 * - license-name: Short name of the license (used as label for the link), such
6851 * as "GPL-2.0+" or "MIT" (https://spdx.org/licenses/ for a list of identifiers).
6852 */
6853 $wgExtensionCredits = [];
6854
6855 /**
6856 * Authentication plugin.
6857 * @var $wgAuth AuthPlugin
6858 */
6859 $wgAuth = null;
6860
6861 /**
6862 * Global list of hooks.
6863 *
6864 * The key is one of the events made available by MediaWiki, you can find
6865 * a description for most of them in docs/hooks.txt. The array is used
6866 * internally by Hook:run().
6867 *
6868 * The value can be one of:
6869 *
6870 * - A function name:
6871 * @code
6872 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = $function;
6873 * @endcode
6874 * - A function with some data:
6875 * @code
6876 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = array( $function, $data );
6877 * @endcode
6878 * - A an object method:
6879 * @code
6880 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = array( $object, 'method' );
6881 * @endcode
6882 * - A closure:
6883 * @code
6884 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = function ( $hookParam ) {
6885 * // Handler code goes here.
6886 * };
6887 * @endcode
6888 *
6889 * @warning You should always append to an event array or you will end up
6890 * deleting a previous registered hook.
6891 *
6892 * @warning Hook handlers should be registered at file scope. Registering
6893 * handlers after file scope can lead to unexpected results due to caching.
6894 */
6895 $wgHooks = [];
6896
6897 /**
6898 * List of service wiring files to be loaded by the default instance of MediaWikiServices.
6899 * Each file listed here is expected to return an associative array mapping service names
6900 * to instantiator functions. Extensions may add wiring files to define their own services.
6901 * However, this cannot be used to replace existing services - use the MediaWikiServices
6902 * hook for that.
6903 *
6904 * @see MediaWikiServices
6905 * @see ServiceContainer::loadWiringFiles() for details on loading service instantiator functions.
6906 * @see docs/injection.txt for an overview of dependency injection in MediaWiki.
6907 */
6908 $wgServiceWiringFiles = [
6909 __DIR__ . '/ServiceWiring.php'
6910 ];
6911
6912 /**
6913 * Maps jobs to their handling classes; extensions
6914 * can add to this to provide custom jobs
6915 */
6916 $wgJobClasses = [
6917 'refreshLinks' => 'RefreshLinksJob',
6918 'deleteLinks' => 'DeleteLinksJob',
6919 'htmlCacheUpdate' => 'HTMLCacheUpdateJob',
6920 'sendMail' => 'EmaillingJob',
6921 'enotifNotify' => 'EnotifNotifyJob',
6922 'fixDoubleRedirect' => 'DoubleRedirectJob',
6923 'AssembleUploadChunks' => 'AssembleUploadChunksJob',
6924 'PublishStashedFile' => 'PublishStashedFileJob',
6925 'ThumbnailRender' => 'ThumbnailRenderJob',
6926 'recentChangesUpdate' => 'RecentChangesUpdateJob',
6927 'refreshLinksPrioritized' => 'RefreshLinksJob',
6928 'refreshLinksDynamic' => 'RefreshLinksJob',
6929 'activityUpdateJob' => 'ActivityUpdateJob',
6930 'categoryMembershipChange' => 'CategoryMembershipChangeJob',
6931 'cdnPurge' => 'CdnPurgeJob',
6932 'enqueue' => 'EnqueueJob', // local queue for multi-DC setups
6933 'null' => 'NullJob'
6934 ];
6935
6936 /**
6937 * Jobs that must be explicitly requested, i.e. aren't run by job runners unless
6938 * special flags are set. The values here are keys of $wgJobClasses.
6939 *
6940 * These can be:
6941 * - Very long-running jobs.
6942 * - Jobs that you would never want to run as part of a page rendering request.
6943 * - Jobs that you want to run on specialized machines ( like transcoding, or a particular
6944 * machine on your cluster has 'outside' web access you could restrict uploadFromUrl )
6945 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
6946 */
6947 $wgJobTypesExcludedFromDefaultQueue = [ 'AssembleUploadChunks', 'PublishStashedFile' ];
6948
6949 /**
6950 * Map of job types to how many job "work items" should be run per second
6951 * on each job runner process. The meaning of "work items" varies per job,
6952 * but typically would be something like "pages to update". A single job
6953 * may have a variable number of work items, as is the case with batch jobs.
6954 * This is used by runJobs.php and not jobs run via $wgJobRunRate.
6955 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
6956 * @var float[]
6957 */
6958 $wgJobBackoffThrottling = [];
6959
6960 /**
6961 * Make job runners commit changes for slave-lag prone jobs one job at a time.
6962 * This is useful if there are many job workers that race on slave lag checks.
6963 * If set, jobs taking this many seconds of DB write time have serialized commits.
6964 *
6965 * Note that affected jobs may have worse lock contention. Also, if they affect
6966 * several DBs at once they may have a smaller chance of being atomic due to the
6967 * possibility of connection loss while queueing up to commit. Affected jobs may
6968 * also fail due to the commit lock acquisition timeout.
6969 *
6970 * @var float|bool
6971 * @since 1.26
6972 */
6973 $wgJobSerialCommitThreshold = false;
6974
6975 /**
6976 * Map of job types to configuration arrays.
6977 * This determines which queue class and storage system is used for each job type.
6978 * Job types that do not have explicit configuration will use the 'default' config.
6979 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
6980 */
6981 $wgJobTypeConf = [
6982 'default' => [ 'class' => 'JobQueueDB', 'order' => 'random', 'claimTTL' => 3600 ],
6983 ];
6984
6985 /**
6986 * Which aggregator to use for tracking which queues have jobs.
6987 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
6988 */
6989 $wgJobQueueAggregator = [
6990 'class' => 'JobQueueAggregatorNull'
6991 ];
6992
6993 /**
6994 * Additional functions to be performed with updateSpecialPages.
6995 * Expensive Querypages are already updated.
6996 */
6997 $wgSpecialPageCacheUpdates = [
6998 'Statistics' => [ 'SiteStatsUpdate', 'cacheUpdate' ]
6999 ];
7000
7001 /**
7002 * Hooks that are used for outputting exceptions. Format is:
7003 * $wgExceptionHooks[] = $funcname
7004 * or:
7005 * $wgExceptionHooks[] = array( $class, $funcname )
7006 * Hooks should return strings or false
7007 */
7008 $wgExceptionHooks = [];
7009
7010 /**
7011 * Page property link table invalidation lists. When a page property
7012 * changes, this may require other link tables to be updated (eg
7013 * adding __HIDDENCAT__ means the hiddencat tracking category will
7014 * have been added, so the categorylinks table needs to be rebuilt).
7015 * This array can be added to by extensions.
7016 */
7017 $wgPagePropLinkInvalidations = [
7018 'hiddencat' => 'categorylinks',
7019 ];
7020
7021 /** @} */ # End extensions }
7022
7023 /*************************************************************************//**
7024 * @name Categories
7025 * @{
7026 */
7027
7028 /**
7029 * Use experimental, DMOZ-like category browser
7030 */
7031 $wgUseCategoryBrowser = false;
7032
7033 /**
7034 * On category pages, show thumbnail gallery for images belonging to that
7035 * category instead of listing them as articles.
7036 */
7037 $wgCategoryMagicGallery = true;
7038
7039 /**
7040 * Paging limit for categories
7041 */
7042 $wgCategoryPagingLimit = 200;
7043
7044 /**
7045 * Specify how category names should be sorted, when listed on a category page.
7046 * A sorting scheme is also known as a collation.
7047 *
7048 * Available values are:
7049 *
7050 * - uppercase: Converts the category name to upper case, and sorts by that.
7051 *
7052 * - identity: Does no conversion. Sorts by binary value of the string.
7053 *
7054 * - uca-default: Provides access to the Unicode Collation Algorithm with
7055 * the default element table. This is a compromise collation which sorts
7056 * all languages in a mediocre way. However, it is better than "uppercase".
7057 *
7058 * To use the uca-default collation, you must have PHP's intl extension
7059 * installed. See http://php.net/manual/en/intl.setup.php . The details of the
7060 * resulting collation will depend on the version of ICU installed on the
7061 * server.
7062 *
7063 * After you change this, you must run maintenance/updateCollation.php to fix
7064 * the sort keys in the database.
7065 *
7066 * Extensions can define there own collations by subclassing Collation
7067 * and using the Collation::factory hook.
7068 */
7069 $wgCategoryCollation = 'uppercase';
7070
7071 /** @} */ # End categories }
7072
7073 /*************************************************************************//**
7074 * @name Logging
7075 * @{
7076 */
7077
7078 /**
7079 * The logging system has two levels: an event type, which describes the
7080 * general category and can be viewed as a named subset of all logs; and
7081 * an action, which is a specific kind of event that can exist in that
7082 * log type.
7083 */
7084 $wgLogTypes = [
7085 '',
7086 'block',
7087 'protect',
7088 'rights',
7089 'delete',
7090 'upload',
7091 'move',
7092 'import',
7093 'patrol',
7094 'merge',
7095 'suppress',
7096 'tag',
7097 'managetags',
7098 'contentmodel',
7099 ];
7100
7101 /**
7102 * This restricts log access to those who have a certain right
7103 * Users without this will not see it in the option menu and can not view it
7104 * Restricted logs are not added to recent changes
7105 * Logs should remain non-transcludable
7106 * Format: logtype => permissiontype
7107 */
7108 $wgLogRestrictions = [
7109 'suppress' => 'suppressionlog'
7110 ];
7111
7112 /**
7113 * Show/hide links on Special:Log will be shown for these log types.
7114 *
7115 * This is associative array of log type => boolean "hide by default"
7116 *
7117 * See $wgLogTypes for a list of available log types.
7118 *
7119 * @par Example:
7120 * @code
7121 * $wgFilterLogTypes = array(
7122 * 'move' => true,
7123 * 'import' => false,
7124 * );
7125 * @endcode
7126 *
7127 * Will display show/hide links for the move and import logs. Move logs will be
7128 * hidden by default unless the link is clicked. Import logs will be shown by
7129 * default, and hidden when the link is clicked.
7130 *
7131 * A message of the form log-show-hide-[type] should be added, and will be used
7132 * for the link text.
7133 */
7134 $wgFilterLogTypes = [
7135 'patrol' => true,
7136 'tag' => true,
7137 ];
7138
7139 /**
7140 * Lists the message key string for each log type. The localized messages
7141 * will be listed in the user interface.
7142 *
7143 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7144 *
7145 * @since 1.19, if you follow the naming convention log-name-TYPE,
7146 * where TYPE is your log type, yoy don't need to use this array.
7147 */
7148 $wgLogNames = [
7149 '' => 'all-logs-page',
7150 'block' => 'blocklogpage',
7151 'protect' => 'protectlogpage',
7152 'rights' => 'rightslog',
7153 'delete' => 'dellogpage',
7154 'upload' => 'uploadlogpage',
7155 'move' => 'movelogpage',
7156 'import' => 'importlogpage',
7157 'patrol' => 'patrol-log-page',
7158 'merge' => 'mergelog',
7159 'suppress' => 'suppressionlog',
7160 ];
7161
7162 /**
7163 * Lists the message key string for descriptive text to be shown at the
7164 * top of each log type.
7165 *
7166 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7167 *
7168 * @since 1.19, if you follow the naming convention log-description-TYPE,
7169 * where TYPE is your log type, yoy don't need to use this array.
7170 */
7171 $wgLogHeaders = [
7172 '' => 'alllogstext',
7173 'block' => 'blocklogtext',
7174 'delete' => 'dellogpagetext',
7175 'import' => 'importlogpagetext',
7176 'merge' => 'mergelogpagetext',
7177 'move' => 'movelogpagetext',
7178 'patrol' => 'patrol-log-header',
7179 'protect' => 'protectlogtext',
7180 'rights' => 'rightslogtext',
7181 'suppress' => 'suppressionlogtext',
7182 'upload' => 'uploadlogpagetext',
7183 ];
7184
7185 /**
7186 * Lists the message key string for formatting individual events of each
7187 * type and action when listed in the logs.
7188 *
7189 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7190 */
7191 $wgLogActions = [];
7192
7193 /**
7194 * The same as above, but here values are names of classes,
7195 * not messages.
7196 * @see LogPage::actionText
7197 * @see LogFormatter
7198 */
7199 $wgLogActionsHandlers = [
7200 'block/block' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7201 'block/reblock' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7202 'block/unblock' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7203 'contentmodel/change' => 'ContentModelLogFormatter',
7204 'contentmodel/new' => 'ContentModelLogFormatter',
7205 'delete/delete' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7206 'delete/event' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7207 'delete/restore' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7208 'delete/revision' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7209 'import/interwiki' => 'ImportLogFormatter',
7210 'import/upload' => 'ImportLogFormatter',
7211 'managetags/activate' => 'LogFormatter',
7212 'managetags/create' => 'LogFormatter',
7213 'managetags/deactivate' => 'LogFormatter',
7214 'managetags/delete' => 'LogFormatter',
7215 'merge/merge' => 'MergeLogFormatter',
7216 'move/move' => 'MoveLogFormatter',
7217 'move/move_redir' => 'MoveLogFormatter',
7218 'patrol/patrol' => 'PatrolLogFormatter',
7219 'patrol/autopatrol' => 'PatrolLogFormatter',
7220 'protect/modify' => 'ProtectLogFormatter',
7221 'protect/move_prot' => 'ProtectLogFormatter',
7222 'protect/protect' => 'ProtectLogFormatter',
7223 'protect/unprotect' => 'ProtectLogFormatter',
7224 'rights/autopromote' => 'RightsLogFormatter',
7225 'rights/rights' => 'RightsLogFormatter',
7226 'suppress/block' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7227 'suppress/delete' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7228 'suppress/event' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7229 'suppress/reblock' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7230 'suppress/revision' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7231 'tag/update' => 'TagLogFormatter',
7232 'upload/overwrite' => 'UploadLogFormatter',
7233 'upload/revert' => 'UploadLogFormatter',
7234 'upload/upload' => 'UploadLogFormatter',
7235 ];
7236
7237 /**
7238 * List of log types that can be filtered by action types
7239 *
7240 * To each action is associated the list of log_action
7241 * subtypes to search for, usually one, but not necessarily so
7242 * Extensions may append to this array
7243 * @since 1.27
7244 */
7245 $wgActionFilteredLogs = [
7246 'block' => [
7247 'block' => [ 'block' ],
7248 'reblock' => [ 'reblock' ],
7249 'unblock' => [ 'unblock' ],
7250 ],
7251 'contentmodel' => [
7252 'change' => [ 'change' ],
7253 'new' => [ 'new' ],
7254 ],
7255 'delete' => [
7256 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7257 'restore' => [ 'restore' ],
7258 'event' => [ 'event' ],
7259 'revision' => [ 'revision' ],
7260 ],
7261 'import' => [
7262 'interwiki' => [ 'interwiki' ],
7263 'upload' => [ 'upload' ],
7264 ],
7265 'managetags' => [
7266 'create' => [ 'create' ],
7267 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7268 'activate' => [ 'activate' ],
7269 'deactivate' => [ 'deactivate' ],
7270 ],
7271 'move' => [
7272 'move' => [ 'move' ],
7273 'move_redir' => [ 'move_redir' ],
7274 ],
7275 'newusers' => [
7276 'create' => [ 'create', 'newusers' ],
7277 'create2' => [ 'create2' ],
7278 'autocreate' => [ 'autocreate' ],
7279 'byemail' => [ 'byemail' ],
7280 ],
7281 'patrol' => [
7282 'patrol' => [ 'patrol' ],
7283 'autopatrol' => [ 'autopatrol' ],
7284 ],
7285 'protect' => [
7286 'protect' => [ 'protect' ],
7287 'modify' => [ 'modify' ],
7288 'unprotect' => [ 'unprotect' ],
7289 'move_prot' => [ 'move_prot' ],
7290 ],
7291 'rights' => [
7292 'rights' => [ 'rights' ],
7293 'autopromote' => [ 'autopromote' ],
7294 ],
7295 'suppress' => [
7296 'event' => [ 'event' ],
7297 'revision' => [ 'revision' ],
7298 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7299 'block' => [ 'block' ],
7300 'reblock' => [ 'reblock' ],
7301 ],
7302 'upload' => [
7303 'upload' => [ 'upload' ],
7304 'overwrite' => [ 'overwrite' ],
7305 ],
7306 ];
7307
7308 /**
7309 * Maintain a log of newusers at Log/newusers?
7310 */
7311 $wgNewUserLog = true;
7312
7313 /** @} */ # end logging }
7314
7315 /*************************************************************************//**
7316 * @name Special pages (general and miscellaneous)
7317 * @{
7318 */
7319
7320 /**
7321 * Allow special page inclusions such as {{Special:Allpages}}
7322 */
7323 $wgAllowSpecialInclusion = true;
7324
7325 /**
7326 * Set this to an array of special page names to prevent
7327 * maintenance/updateSpecialPages.php from updating those pages.
7328 */
7329 $wgDisableQueryPageUpdate = false;
7330
7331 /**
7332 * On Special:Unusedimages, consider images "used", if they are put
7333 * into a category. Default (false) is not to count those as used.
7334 */
7335 $wgCountCategorizedImagesAsUsed = false;
7336
7337 /**
7338 * Maximum number of links to a redirect page listed on
7339 * Special:Whatlinkshere/RedirectDestination
7340 */
7341 $wgMaxRedirectLinksRetrieved = 500;
7342
7343 /** @} */ # end special pages }
7344
7345 /*************************************************************************//**
7346 * @name Actions
7347 * @{
7348 */
7349
7350 /**
7351 * Array of allowed values for the "title=foo&action=<action>" parameter. Syntax is:
7352 * 'foo' => 'ClassName' Load the specified class which subclasses Action
7353 * 'foo' => true Load the class FooAction which subclasses Action
7354 * If something is specified in the getActionOverrides()
7355 * of the relevant Page object it will be used
7356 * instead of the default class.
7357 * 'foo' => false The action is disabled; show an error message
7358 * Unsetting core actions will probably cause things to complain loudly.
7359 */
7360 $wgActions = [
7361 'credits' => true,
7362 'delete' => true,
7363 'edit' => true,
7364 'editchangetags' => 'SpecialPageAction',
7365 'history' => true,
7366 'info' => true,
7367 'markpatrolled' => true,
7368 'protect' => true,
7369 'purge' => true,
7370 'raw' => true,
7371 'render' => true,
7372 'revert' => true,
7373 'revisiondelete' => 'SpecialPageAction',
7374 'rollback' => true,
7375 'submit' => true,
7376 'unprotect' => true,
7377 'unwatch' => true,
7378 'view' => true,
7379 'watch' => true,
7380 ];
7381
7382 /** @} */ # end actions }
7383
7384 /*************************************************************************//**
7385 * @name Robot (search engine crawler) policy
7386 * See also $wgNoFollowLinks.
7387 * @{
7388 */
7389
7390 /**
7391 * Default robot policy. The default policy is to encourage indexing and fol-
7392 * lowing of links. It may be overridden on a per-namespace and/or per-page
7393 * basis.
7394 */
7395 $wgDefaultRobotPolicy = 'index,follow';
7396
7397 /**
7398 * Robot policies per namespaces. The default policy is given above, the array
7399 * is made of namespace constants as defined in includes/Defines.php. You can-
7400 * not specify a different default policy for NS_SPECIAL: it is always noindex,
7401 * nofollow. This is because a number of special pages (e.g., ListPages) have
7402 * many permutations of options that display the same data under redundant
7403 * URLs, so search engine spiders risk getting lost in a maze of twisty special
7404 * pages, all alike, and never reaching your actual content.
7405 *
7406 * @par Example:
7407 * @code
7408 * $wgNamespaceRobotPolicies = array( NS_TALK => 'noindex' );
7409 * @endcode
7410 */
7411 $wgNamespaceRobotPolicies = [];
7412
7413 /**
7414 * Robot policies per article. These override the per-namespace robot policies.
7415 * Must be in the form of an array where the key part is a properly canonicalised
7416 * text form title and the value is a robot policy.
7417 *
7418 * @par Example:
7419 * @code
7420 * $wgArticleRobotPolicies = array(
7421 * 'Main Page' => 'noindex,follow',
7422 * 'User:Bob' => 'index,follow',
7423 * );
7424 * @endcode
7425 *
7426 * @par Example that DOES NOT WORK because the names are not canonical text
7427 * forms:
7428 * @code
7429 * $wgArticleRobotPolicies = array(
7430 * # Underscore, not space!
7431 * 'Main_Page' => 'noindex,follow',
7432 * # "Project", not the actual project name!
7433 * 'Project:X' => 'index,follow',
7434 * # Needs to be "Abc", not "abc" (unless $wgCapitalLinks is false for that namespace)!
7435 * 'abc' => 'noindex,nofollow'
7436 * );
7437 * @endcode
7438 */
7439 $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [];
7440
7441 /**
7442 * An array of namespace keys in which the __INDEX__/__NOINDEX__ magic words
7443 * will not function, so users can't decide whether pages in that namespace are
7444 * indexed by search engines. If set to null, default to $wgContentNamespaces.
7445 *
7446 * @par Example:
7447 * @code
7448 * $wgExemptFromUserRobotsControl = array( NS_MAIN, NS_TALK, NS_PROJECT );
7449 * @endcode
7450 */
7451 $wgExemptFromUserRobotsControl = null;
7452
7453 /** @} */ # End robot policy }
7454
7455 /************************************************************************//**
7456 * @name AJAX and API
7457 * Note: The AJAX entry point which this section refers to is gradually being
7458 * replaced by the API entry point, api.php. They are essentially equivalent.
7459 * Both of them are used for dynamic client-side features, via XHR.
7460 * @{
7461 */
7462
7463 /**
7464 * Enable the MediaWiki API for convenient access to
7465 * machine-readable data via api.php
7466 *
7467 * See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/API
7468 */
7469 $wgEnableAPI = true;
7470
7471 /**
7472 * Allow the API to be used to perform write operations
7473 * (page edits, rollback, etc.) when an authorised user
7474 * accesses it
7475 */
7476 $wgEnableWriteAPI = true;
7477
7478 /**
7479 *
7480 * WARNING: SECURITY THREAT - debug use only
7481 *
7482 * Disables many security checks in the API for debugging purposes.
7483 * This flag should never be used on the production servers, as it introduces
7484 * a number of potential security holes. Even when enabled, the validation
7485 * will still be performed, but instead of failing, API will return a warning.
7486 * Also, there will always be a warning notifying that this flag is set.
7487 * At this point, the flag allows GET requests to go through for modules
7488 * requiring POST.
7489 *
7490 * @since 1.21
7491 */
7492 $wgDebugAPI = false;
7493
7494 /**
7495 * API module extensions.
7496 *
7497 * Associative array mapping module name to modules specs;
7498 * Each module spec is an associative array containing at least
7499 * the 'class' key for the module's class, and optionally a
7500 * 'factory' key for the factory function to use for the module.
7501 *
7502 * That factory function will be called with two parameters,
7503 * the parent module (an instance of ApiBase, usually ApiMain)
7504 * and the name the module was registered under. The return
7505 * value must be an instance of the class given in the 'class'
7506 * field.
7507 *
7508 * For backward compatibility, the module spec may also be a
7509 * simple string containing the module's class name. In that
7510 * case, the class' constructor will be called with the parent
7511 * module and module name as parameters, as described above.
7512 *
7513 * Examples for registering API modules:
7514 *
7515 * @code
7516 * $wgAPIModules['foo'] = 'ApiFoo';
7517 * $wgAPIModules['bar'] = array(
7518 * 'class' => 'ApiBar',
7519 * 'factory' => function( $main, $name ) { ... }
7520 * );
7521 * $wgAPIModules['xyzzy'] = array(
7522 * 'class' => 'ApiXyzzy',
7523 * 'factory' => array( 'XyzzyFactory', 'newApiModule' )
7524 * );
7525 * @endcode
7526 *
7527 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
7528 * See ApiMain::$Modules for a list of the core modules.
7529 */
7530 $wgAPIModules = [];
7531
7532 /**
7533 * API format module extensions.
7534 * Associative array mapping format module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
7535 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
7536 *
7537 * See ApiMain::$Formats for a list of the core format modules.
7538 */
7539 $wgAPIFormatModules = [];
7540
7541 /**
7542 * API Query meta module extensions.
7543 * Associative array mapping meta module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
7544 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
7545 *
7546 * See ApiQuery::$QueryMetaModules for a list of the core meta modules.
7547 */
7548 $wgAPIMetaModules = [];
7549
7550 /**
7551 * API Query prop module extensions.
7552 * Associative array mapping prop module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
7553 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
7554 *
7555 * See ApiQuery::$QueryPropModules for a list of the core prop modules.
7556 */
7557 $wgAPIPropModules = [];
7558
7559 /**
7560 * API Query list module extensions.
7561 * Associative array mapping list module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
7562 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
7563 *
7564 * See ApiQuery::$QueryListModules for a list of the core list modules.
7565 */
7566 $wgAPIListModules = [];
7567
7568 /**
7569 * Maximum amount of rows to scan in a DB query in the API
7570 * The default value is generally fine
7571 */
7572 $wgAPIMaxDBRows = 5000;
7573
7574 /**
7575 * The maximum size (in bytes) of an API result.
7576 * @warning Do not set this lower than $wgMaxArticleSize*1024
7577 */
7578 $wgAPIMaxResultSize = 8388608;
7579
7580 /**
7581 * The maximum number of uncached diffs that can be retrieved in one API
7582 * request. Set this to 0 to disable API diffs altogether
7583 */
7584 $wgAPIMaxUncachedDiffs = 1;
7585
7586 /**
7587 * Maximum amount of DB lag on a majority of DB slaves to tolerate
7588 * before forcing bots to retry any write requests via API errors.
7589 * This should be lower than the 'max lag' value in $wgLBFactoryConf.
7590 */
7591 $wgAPIMaxLagThreshold = 7;
7592
7593 /**
7594 * Log file or URL (TCP or UDP) to log API requests to, or false to disable
7595 * API request logging
7596 */
7597 $wgAPIRequestLog = false;
7598
7599 /**
7600 * Set the timeout for the API help text cache. If set to 0, caching disabled
7601 */
7602 $wgAPICacheHelpTimeout = 60 * 60;
7603
7604 /**
7605 * The ApiQueryQueryPages module should skip pages that are redundant to true
7606 * API queries.
7607 */
7608 $wgAPIUselessQueryPages = [
7609 'MIMEsearch', // aiprop=mime
7610 'LinkSearch', // list=exturlusage
7611 'FileDuplicateSearch', // prop=duplicatefiles
7612 ];
7613
7614 /**
7615 * Enable AJAX framework
7616 */
7617 $wgUseAjax = true;
7618
7619 /**
7620 * List of Ajax-callable functions.
7621 * Extensions acting as Ajax callbacks must register here
7622 * @deprecated (officially) since 1.27; use the API instead
7623 */
7624 $wgAjaxExportList = [];
7625
7626 /**
7627 * Enable AJAX check for file overwrite, pre-upload
7628 */
7629 $wgAjaxUploadDestCheck = true;
7630
7631 /**
7632 * Enable previewing licences via AJAX. Also requires $wgEnableAPI to be true.
7633 */
7634 $wgAjaxLicensePreview = true;
7635
7636 /**
7637 * Have clients send edits to be prepared when filling in edit summaries.
7638 * This gives the server a head start on the expensive parsing operation.
7639 */
7640 $wgAjaxEditStash = true;
7641
7642 /**
7643 * Settings for incoming cross-site AJAX requests:
7644 * Newer browsers support cross-site AJAX when the target resource allows requests
7645 * from the origin domain by the Access-Control-Allow-Origin header.
7646 * This is currently only used by the API (requests to api.php)
7647 * $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains can be set using a wildcard syntax:
7648 *
7649 * - '*' matches any number of characters
7650 * - '?' matches any 1 character
7651 *
7652 * @par Example:
7653 * @code
7654 * $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains = array(
7655 * 'www.mediawiki.org',
7656 * '*.wikipedia.org',
7657 * '*.wikimedia.org',
7658 * '*.wiktionary.org',
7659 * );
7660 * @endcode
7661 */
7662 $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains = [];
7663
7664 /**
7665 * Domains that should not be allowed to make AJAX requests,
7666 * even if they match one of the domains allowed by $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains
7667 * Uses the same syntax as $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains
7668 */
7669 $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomainExceptions = [];
7670
7671 /** @} */ # End AJAX and API }
7672
7673 /************************************************************************//**
7674 * @name Shell and process control
7675 * @{
7676 */
7677
7678 /**
7679 * Maximum amount of virtual memory available to shell processes under linux, in KB.
7680 */
7681 $wgMaxShellMemory = 307200;
7682
7683 /**
7684 * Maximum file size created by shell processes under linux, in KB
7685 * ImageMagick convert for example can be fairly hungry for scratch space
7686 */
7687 $wgMaxShellFileSize = 102400;
7688
7689 /**
7690 * Maximum CPU time in seconds for shell processes under Linux
7691 */
7692 $wgMaxShellTime = 180;
7693
7694 /**
7695 * Maximum wall clock time (i.e. real time, of the kind the clock on the wall
7696 * would measure) in seconds for shell processes under Linux
7697 */
7698 $wgMaxShellWallClockTime = 180;
7699
7700 /**
7701 * Under Linux: a cgroup directory used to constrain memory usage of shell
7702 * commands. The directory must be writable by the user which runs MediaWiki.
7703 *
7704 * If specified, this is used instead of ulimit, which is inaccurate, and
7705 * causes malloc() to return NULL, which exposes bugs in C applications, making
7706 * them segfault or deadlock.
7707 *
7708 * A wrapper script will create a cgroup for each shell command that runs, as
7709 * a subgroup of the specified cgroup. If the memory limit is exceeded, the
7710 * kernel will send a SIGKILL signal to a process in the subgroup.
7711 *
7712 * @par Example:
7713 * @code
7714 * mkdir -p /sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki
7715 * mkdir -m 0777 /sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki/job
7716 * echo '$wgShellCgroup = "/sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki/job";' >> LocalSettings.php
7717 * @endcode
7718 *
7719 * The reliability of cgroup cleanup can be improved by installing a
7720 * notify_on_release script in the root cgroup, see e.g.
7721 * https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/#/c/40784
7722 */
7723 $wgShellCgroup = false;
7724
7725 /**
7726 * Executable path of the PHP cli binary (php/php5). Should be set up on install.
7727 */
7728 $wgPhpCli = '/usr/bin/php';
7729
7730 /**
7731 * Locale for LC_CTYPE, to work around http://bugs.php.net/bug.php?id=45132
7732 * For Unix-like operating systems, set this to to a locale that has a UTF-8
7733 * character set. Only the character set is relevant.
7734 */
7735 $wgShellLocale = 'en_US.utf8';
7736
7737 /** @} */ # End shell }
7738
7739 /************************************************************************//**
7740 * @name HTTP client
7741 * @{
7742 */
7743
7744 /**
7745 * Timeout for HTTP requests done internally, in seconds.
7746 */
7747 $wgHTTPTimeout = 25;
7748
7749 /**
7750 * Timeout for Asynchronous (background) HTTP requests, in seconds.
7751 */
7752 $wgAsyncHTTPTimeout = 25;
7753
7754 /**
7755 * Proxy to use for CURL requests.
7756 */
7757 $wgHTTPProxy = false;
7758
7759 /**
7760 * Local virtual hosts.
7761 *
7762 * This lists domains that are configured as virtual hosts on the same machine.
7763 * If a request is to be made to a domain listed here, or any subdomain thereof,
7764 * then no proxy will be used.
7765 * Command-line scripts are not affected by this setting and will always use
7766 * proxy if it is configured.
7767 * @since 1.25
7768 */
7769 $wgLocalVirtualHosts = [];
7770
7771 /**
7772 * Timeout for connections done internally (in seconds)
7773 * Only works for curl
7774 */
7775 $wgHTTPConnectTimeout = 5e0;
7776
7777 /** @} */ # End HTTP client }
7778
7779 /************************************************************************//**
7780 * @name Job queue
7781 * @{
7782 */
7783
7784 /**
7785 * Number of jobs to perform per request. May be less than one in which case
7786 * jobs are performed probabalistically. If this is zero, jobs will not be done
7787 * during ordinary apache requests. In this case, maintenance/runJobs.php should
7788 * be run periodically.
7789 */
7790 $wgJobRunRate = 1;
7791
7792 /**
7793 * When $wgJobRunRate > 0, try to run jobs asynchronously, spawning a new process
7794 * to handle the job execution, instead of blocking the request until the job
7795 * execution finishes.
7796 * @since 1.23
7797 */
7798 $wgRunJobsAsync = true;
7799
7800 /**
7801 * Number of rows to update per job
7802 */
7803 $wgUpdateRowsPerJob = 300;
7804
7805 /**
7806 * Number of rows to update per query
7807 */
7808 $wgUpdateRowsPerQuery = 100;
7809
7810 /** @} */ # End job queue }
7811
7812 /************************************************************************//**
7813 * @name Miscellaneous
7814 * @{
7815 */
7816
7817 /**
7818 * Name of the external diff engine to use. Supported values:
7819 * * false: default PHP implementation
7820 * * 'wikidiff2': Wikimedia's fast difference engine implemented as a PHP/HHVM module
7821 * * 'wikidiff' and 'wikidiff3' are treated as false for backwards compatibility
7822 * * any other string is treated as a path to external diff executable
7823 */
7824 $wgExternalDiffEngine = false;
7825
7826 /**
7827 * Disable redirects to special pages and interwiki redirects, which use a 302
7828 * and have no "redirected from" link.
7829 *
7830 * @note This is only for articles with #REDIRECT in them. URL's containing a
7831 * local interwiki prefix (or a non-canonical special page name) are still hard
7832 * redirected regardless of this setting.
7833 */
7834 $wgDisableHardRedirects = false;
7835
7836 /**
7837 * LinkHolderArray batch size
7838 * For debugging
7839 */
7840 $wgLinkHolderBatchSize = 1000;
7841
7842 /**
7843 * By default MediaWiki does not register links pointing to same server in
7844 * externallinks dataset, use this value to override:
7845 */
7846 $wgRegisterInternalExternals = false;
7847
7848 /**
7849 * Maximum number of pages to move at once when moving subpages with a page.
7850 */
7851 $wgMaximumMovedPages = 100;
7852
7853 /**
7854 * Fix double redirects after a page move.
7855 * Tends to conflict with page move vandalism, use only on a private wiki.
7856 */
7857 $wgFixDoubleRedirects = false;
7858
7859 /**
7860 * Allow redirection to another page when a user logs in.
7861 * To enable, set to a string like 'Main Page'
7862 */
7863 $wgRedirectOnLogin = null;
7864
7865 /**
7866 * Configuration for processing pool control, for use in high-traffic wikis.
7867 * An implementation is provided in the PoolCounter extension.
7868 *
7869 * This configuration array maps pool types to an associative array. The only
7870 * defined key in the associative array is "class", which gives the class name.
7871 * The remaining elements are passed through to the class as constructor
7872 * parameters.
7873 *
7874 * @par Example:
7875 * @code
7876 * $wgPoolCounterConf = array( 'ArticleView' => array(
7877 * 'class' => 'PoolCounter_Client',
7878 * 'timeout' => 15, // wait timeout in seconds
7879 * 'workers' => 5, // maximum number of active threads in each pool
7880 * 'maxqueue' => 50, // maximum number of total threads in each pool
7881 * ... any extension-specific options...
7882 * );
7883 * @endcode
7884 */
7885 $wgPoolCounterConf = null;
7886
7887 /**
7888 * To disable file delete/restore temporarily
7889 */
7890 $wgUploadMaintenance = false;
7891
7892 /**
7893 * Associative array mapping namespace IDs to the name of the content model pages in that namespace
7894 * should have by default (use the CONTENT_MODEL_XXX constants). If no special content type is
7895 * defined for a given namespace, pages in that namespace will use the CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT
7896 * (except for the special case of JS and CS pages).
7897 *
7898 * @since 1.21
7899 */
7900 $wgNamespaceContentModels = [];
7901
7902 /**
7903 * How to react if a plain text version of a non-text Content object is requested using
7904 * ContentHandler::getContentText():
7905 *
7906 * * 'ignore': return null
7907 * * 'fail': throw an MWException
7908 * * 'serialize': serialize to default format
7909 *
7910 * @since 1.21
7911 */
7912 $wgContentHandlerTextFallback = 'ignore';
7913
7914 /**
7915 * Set to false to disable use of the database fields introduced by the ContentHandler facility.
7916 * This way, the ContentHandler facility can be used without any additional information in the
7917 * database. A page's content model is then derived solely from the page's title. This however
7918 * means that changing a page's default model (e.g. using $wgNamespaceContentModels) will break
7919 * the page and/or make the content inaccessible. This also means that pages can not be moved to
7920 * a title that would default to a different content model.
7921 *
7922 * Overall, with $wgContentHandlerUseDB = false, no database updates are needed, but content
7923 * handling is less robust and less flexible.
7924 *
7925 * @since 1.21
7926 */
7927 $wgContentHandlerUseDB = true;
7928
7929 /**
7930 * Determines which types of text are parsed as wikitext. This does not imply that these kinds
7931 * of texts are also rendered as wikitext, it only means that links, magic words, etc will have
7932 * the effect on the database they would have on a wikitext page.
7933 *
7934 * @todo On the long run, it would be nice to put categories etc into a separate structure,
7935 * or at least parse only the contents of comments in the scripts.
7936 *
7937 * @since 1.21
7938 */
7939 $wgTextModelsToParse = [
7940 CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT, // Just for completeness, wikitext will always be parsed.
7941 CONTENT_MODEL_JAVASCRIPT, // Make categories etc work, people put them into comments.
7942 CONTENT_MODEL_CSS, // Make categories etc work, people put them into comments.
7943 ];
7944
7945 /**
7946 * Whether the user must enter their password to change their e-mail address
7947 *
7948 * @since 1.20
7949 */
7950 $wgRequirePasswordforEmailChange = true;
7951
7952 /**
7953 * Register handlers for specific types of sites.
7954 *
7955 * @since 1.20
7956 */
7957 $wgSiteTypes = [
7958 'mediawiki' => 'MediaWikiSite',
7959 ];
7960
7961 /**
7962 * Whether the page_props table has a pp_sortkey column. Set to false in case
7963 * the respective database schema change was not applied.
7964 * @since 1.23
7965 */
7966 $wgPagePropsHaveSortkey = true;
7967
7968 /**
7969 * Port where you have HTTPS running
7970 * Supports HTTPS on non-standard ports
7971 * @see bug 65184
7972 * @since 1.24
7973 */
7974 $wgHttpsPort = 443;
7975
7976 /**
7977 * Secret for session storage.
7978 * This should be set in LocalSettings.php, otherwise wgSecretKey will
7979 * be used.
7980 * @since 1.27
7981 */
7982 $wgSessionSecret = false;
7983
7984 /**
7985 * If for some reason you can't install the PHP OpenSSL or mcrypt extensions,
7986 * you can set this to true to make MediaWiki work again at the cost of storing
7987 * sensitive session data insecurely. But it would be much more secure to just
7988 * install the OpenSSL extension.
7989 * @since 1.27
7990 */
7991 $wgSessionInsecureSecrets = false;
7992
7993 /**
7994 * Secret for hmac-based key derivation function (fast,
7995 * cryptographically secure random numbers).
7996 * This should be set in LocalSettings.php, otherwise wgSecretKey will
7997 * be used.
7998 * See also: $wgHKDFAlgorithm
7999 * @since 1.24
8000 */
8001 $wgHKDFSecret = false;
8002
8003 /**
8004 * Algorithm for hmac-based key derivation function (fast,
8005 * cryptographically secure random numbers).
8006 * See also: $wgHKDFSecret
8007 * @since 1.24
8008 */
8009 $wgHKDFAlgorithm = 'sha256';
8010
8011 /**
8012 * Enable page language feature
8013 * Allows setting page language in database
8014 * @var bool
8015 * @since 1.24
8016 */
8017 $wgPageLanguageUseDB = false;
8018
8019 /**
8020 * Global configuration variable for Virtual REST Services.
8021 * Parameters for different services are to be declared inside
8022 * $wgVirtualRestConfig['modules'], which is to be treated as an associative
8023 * array. Global parameters will be merged with service-specific ones. The
8024 * result will then be passed to VirtualRESTService::__construct() in the
8025 * module.
8026 *
8027 * Example config for Parsoid:
8028 *
8029 * $wgVirtualRestConfig['modules']['parsoid'] = array(
8030 * 'url' => 'http://localhost:8000',
8031 * 'prefix' => 'enwiki',
8032 * 'domain' => 'en.wikipedia.org',
8033 * );
8034 *
8035 * @var array
8036 * @since 1.25
8037 */
8038 $wgVirtualRestConfig = [
8039 'modules' => [],
8040 'global' => [
8041 # Timeout in seconds
8042 'timeout' => 360,
8043 # 'domain' is set to $wgCanonicalServer in Setup.php
8044 'forwardCookies' => false,
8045 'HTTPProxy' => null
8046 ]
8047 ];
8048
8049 /**
8050 * Controls whether zero-result search queries with suggestions should display results for
8051 * these suggestions.
8052 *
8053 * @var bool
8054 * @since 1.26
8055 */
8056 $wgSearchRunSuggestedQuery = true;
8057
8058 /**
8059 * Where popular password file is located.
8060 *
8061 * Default in core contains 50,000 most popular. This config
8062 * allows you to change which file, in case you want to generate
8063 * a password file with > 50000 entries in it.
8064 *
8065 * @see maintenance/createCommonPasswordCdb.php
8066 * @since 1.27
8067 * @var string path to file
8068 */
8069 $wgPopularPasswordFile = __DIR__ . '/../serialized/commonpasswords.cdb';
8070
8071 /*
8072 * Max time (in seconds) a user-generated transaction can spend in writes.
8073 * If exceeded, the transaction is rolled back with an error instead of being committed.
8074 *
8075 * @var int|bool Disabled if false
8076 * @since 1.27
8077 */
8078 $wgMaxUserDBWriteDuration = false;
8079
8080 /**
8081 * Mapping of event channels (or channel categories) to EventRelayer configuration.
8082 *
8083 * By setting up a PubSub system (like Kafka) and enabling a corresponding EventRelayer class
8084 * that uses it, MediaWiki can broadcast events to all subscribers. Certain features like WAN
8085 * cache purging and CDN cache purging will emit events to this system. Appropriate listers can
8086 * subscribe to the channel and take actions based on the events. For example, a local daemon
8087 * can run on each CDN cache node and perfom local purges based on the URL purge channel events.
8088 *
8089 * Some extensions may want to use "channel categories" so that different channels can also share
8090 * the same custom relayer instance (e.g. when it's likely to be overriden). They can use
8091 * EventRelayerGroup::getRelayer() based on the category but call notify() on various different
8092 * actual channels. One reason for this would be that some system have very different performance
8093 * vs durability needs, so one system (e.g. Kafka) may not be suitable for all uses.
8094 *
8095 * The 'default' key is for all channels (or channel categories) without an explicit entry here.
8096 *
8097 * @since 1.27
8098 */
8099 $wgEventRelayerConfig = [
8100 'default' => [
8101 'class' => 'EventRelayerNull',
8102 ]
8103 ];
8104
8105 /**
8106 * For really cool vim folding this needs to be at the end:
8107 * vim: foldmarker=@{,@} foldmethod=marker
8108 * @}
8109 */